UNITED STATES 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2018

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 333-174873

Triton Pacific Investment Corporation, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland	45-2460782
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

6701 Center Drive West, Suite 1450
Los Angeles, CA 90045

(Address of principal executive offices)

[(310) 943-4990 

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of exchange on which registered
None	Not applicable

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ☒   No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.05 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer   ☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company   ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes  ☐    No  ☒

There is no established market for the Registrant’s shares of common stock. The Registrant is currently conducting an ongoing public offering of its shares of common stock pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form N-2, which shares are currently being offered and sold at $12.21 per share, with discounts available for certain categories of purchasers, or at a price necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price, net of sales load, below net asset value per share.

As of March 29, 2019, there were 1,614,220.76 shares of the registrant’s Class A common stock, $0.001 par value, outstanding.

Table of Contents

		Page
Part I.
	Statement Regarding Forward Looking Information	1
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	16
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	48
Item 2.	Properties	48
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	48
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	48
Part II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	49
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	55
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	56
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	80
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	81
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	109
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	109
Item 9B.	Other Information	110
Part III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	110
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	116
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters	116
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	118
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	118
Part IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	120
Signatures		122

PART I

STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

The following information contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements generally are characterized by the use of terms such as “may,” “should,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “predict,” “believe” and “expect” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, our actual results could differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Some factors that might cause such a difference include the following: the current global economic downturn, increased direct competition, changes in government regulations or accounting rules, changes in local, national and global capital market conditions, our ability to obtain credit lines or credit facilities on satisfactory terms, changes in interest rates, availability of proceeds from our offering of shares, our ability to identify suitable investments, our ability to close on identified investments, inaccuracies of our accounting estimates, our ability to locate suitable borrowers for our loans and the ability of such borrowers to make payments under their respective loans. Given these uncertainties, we caution you not to place undue reliance on such statements, which apply only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly release the results of any revisions to these forward-looking statements that may be made to reflect future events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. The forward-looking statements should be read in light of the risk factors identified in the “Risk Factors” section of this report.

Item 1. Business

General

We are a publicly registered, non-traded fund focused on private equity, structured as a business development company that primarily makes equity, structured equity and debt investments in small to mid-sized private U.S. companies. Our investment objectives are to maximize our portfolio’s total return by generating long-term capital appreciation from our private equity investments and current income from our debt investments. We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

On August 10, 2018, we entered into a definitive agreement with Pathway Capital Opportunity Fund, Inc. (“PWAY”) pursuant to which PWAY will merge with and into us, with Triton Pacific Investment Corporation, Inc. (“TPIC”) as the combined surviving company, which will be renamed as TP Flexible Income Fund, Inc. That definitive agreement was amended effective February 12, 2019. In this report, we refer to the merger with PWAY as the “Merger” and the definitive agreement (as amended) with PWAY relating to the Merger as the “Merger Agreement.” The boards of directors of both PWAY and TPIC approved the Merger. The Merger is subject to a number of conditions to closing, including approval by our stockholders and the stockholders of PWAY and is expected to close after the date of this report.

If completed, the Merger will result in significant changes to us, including the following:

● New Investment Adviser. Prospect Flexible Income Management, LLC, who we refer to as the New Adviser, will serve as our investment adviser. The New Adviser is an affiliate of PWAY and the investment professionals of PWAY’s investment adviser have investment discretion at the Adviser.

● Increased Leverage. Following the Merger, our asset coverage ratio requirement will be reduced from 200% to 150%, which will allow us to incur double the maximum amount of leverage that was previously permitted. As a result, we will be able to borrow substantially more money and take on substantially more debt than we are currently able to. Leverage may increase the risk of loss to investors and is generally considered a speculative investment technique.

1

● Special Repurchase Offer. As a condition to being able to increase our leverage, we will offer to repurchase certain of our outstanding shares. In connection with this special repurchase offer, stockholders should be aware that:

○ Only stockholders of TPIC as of the date of our annual stockholder meeting, will be allowed to participate in the special repurchase offer, and they may have up to 100% of their shares repurchased (former stockholders of PWAY will not be able to participate).

○ If a substantial number of the eligible stockholders take advantage of this opportunity, it could minimize or eliminate the expected benefits of the Merger and it could:

■ significantly decrease our asset size;

■ require us to sell our investments earlier than the Adviser would have otherwise desired, which may result in selling investments at inopportune times or significantly depressed prices and/or at losses; or

■ cause us to incur additional leverage solely to meet repurchase requests.

● New Board of Directors. Following the Merger, the composition of our board of directors will change and will consist of Craig J. Faggen, our current President and Chief Executive Officer, M. Grier Eliasek, PWAY’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Andrew Cooper, William Gremp and Eugene Stark. Messrs. Cooper, Gremp and Stark are all currently independent directors of PWAY.

Triton Pacific Adviser is currently responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting due diligence on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis. In addition, we intend to elect and qualify to be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”), under subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

We are currently offering for sale a maximum of $300,000,000 of our shares of common stock on a “best efforts” basis pursuant to a registration statement on Form N-2 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Offering”). Our initial offering commenced on September 4, 2012 and expired on March 1, 2016 and in that initial offering, we sold a total of 672,670.79 shares of our common stock for the gross proceeds of $9,893,780. On March 17, 2016, we commenced the follow-on offering of our common stock when our registration statement was declared effective by the SEC. We have filed post-effective amendments to the registration for our follow-on offering, the most recent of which was filed on February 22, 2019 and will not be declared effective (if at all) until after the Merger is completed. On March 13, 2019, we filed a registration statement with the SEC in order to continue our continuous public offering of shares for an additional three years. The registration statement for this follow-on offering is still under review by the SEC.

Effective March 2, 2016, our shares of common stock were divided into two classes, Class A and Class T. We are currently offering only Class A shares and intend to offer Class T shares in the future, subject to obtaining a satisfactory exemption relief order from the SEC, with each class having its own different upfront sales load and fee and expense structure. We may offer additional classes of shares in the future. We intend to apply for exemptive relief from the SEC with respect to this multiple share class structure, including our distribution fee and contingent deferred sales charge arrangements. As a condition of such relief, we will be required to comply with provisions that would not otherwise be applicable to us. The exemptive relief order from the SEC may require us to supplement or amend the terms set forth in this prospectus, including the terms of the Class A shares currently being offered. There can be no assurance that the SEC will issue an order permitting such relief.

Investment Objectives – Pre Merger

Prior to the closing of the Merger, our investment objective was to maximize our portfolio’s total return by generating current income from our debt investments and long-term capital appreciation from our equity investments. We attempted to meet our investment objectives by:

2

● Focusing primarily on private equity investments and debt investments likely to generate current income in small and mid-sized private U.S. companies, which we define as companies with annual revenue of from $10 million to $250 million at the time of investment;

● Leveraging the experience and expertise of our Adviser, its Sub-Adviser and its affiliates in sourcing, evaluating and structuring transactions;

● Employing disciplined underwriting policies and rigorous portfolio management;

● Developing our equity portfolio through our Adviser’s Value Enhancement Program, more fully discussed below in “Investment Objectives and Policies – Investment Process”; and

● Maintaining a well-balanced portfolio consisting of both debt and equity investments with variable risk-reward profiles.

Our Adviser engaged ZAIS Group, LLC to act as our investment sub-adviser. ZAIS assists our Adviser with identifying, evaluating, negotiating and structuring debt investments and will make investment recommendations for approval by our Adviser. ZAIS is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act and had approximately $6 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2018. ZAIS is not an affiliate of us or our Adviser and does not own any of our shares. The appointment of ZAIS as our sub-adviser was approved by our stockholders at a special meeting held on September 16, 2014.

During 2018, we generated the majority of our current income by investing in senior secured loans, second lien secured loans and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of private U.S. companies. We purchase interests in loans through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market for institutional loans or directly from our target companies as primary market investments. In connection with our debt investments, we on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. The senior secured and second lien secured loans in which we invest generally will have stated terms of three to seven years and any subordinated investments that we make generally will have stated terms of up to ten years. However, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any security we may hold in our portfolio. The loans in which we intend to invest are often rated by a nationally recognized ratings organization, and generally carry a rating below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Corporation). However, we may also invest in non-rated debt securities.

Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio’s total return by generating current income from our debt investments and long-term capital appreciation from our equity investments. We will seek to meet our investment objectives by:

● Focusing primarily on private equity investments and debt investments likely to generate current income in small and mid-sized private U.S. companies, which we define as companies with annual revenue of from $10 million to $250 million at the time of investment;

● Leveraging the experience and expertise of our Adviser, its Sub-Adviser and its affiliates in sourcing, evaluating and structuring transactions;

● Employing disciplined underwriting policies and rigorous portfolio management;

● Developing our equity portfolio through our Adviser’s Value Enhancement Program, more fully discussed below in “Investment Objectives and Policies – Investment Process”; and

● Maintaining a well-balanced portfolio consisting of both debt and equity investments with variable risk-reward profiles.

3

Post-Merger

If the Merger is completed, our investment objectives will change and will focus on generating current income and, as a secondary objective, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. We intend to meet our investment objective by primarily lending to and investing in the debt of privately-owned U.S. middle market companies, which we define as companies with annual revenue between $50 million and $2.5 billion. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets. We expect to focus primarily on making investments in syndicated senior secured first lien loans, syndicated senior secured second lien loans, and to a lesser extent, subordinated debt, of middle market companies in a broad range of industries. Our target credit investments are expected to typically have initial maturities between three and ten years and generally range in size between $1 million and $100 million, although the investment size may vary with the size of our capital base. We expect that the majority of our debt investments will bear interest at floating interest rates, but our portfolio may also include fixed-rate investments.

Following the Merger, we expect to make our investments directly through the primary issuance by the borrower or in the secondary market. We expect that at least 70% of our portfolio of investments will consist primarily of syndicated senior secured first lien loans, syndicated senior secured second lien loans, and to a lesser extent, subordinated debt, and up to 30% of our portfolio of investments will consist of other securities, including private equity (both common and preferred), dividend-paying equity, royalties, and the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. The senior secured loans underlying our CLO investments are expected typically to be BB or B rated (non-investment grade, which is often referred to as “high yield” or “junk”) and in limited circumstances, unrated, senior secured loans. Our investment portfolio is expected to consistent primarily of debt securities.

We intend to seek to engage in a “liquidity event,” within five to seven years following the completion of our offering period, whereby we will seek to provide liquidity to our investors, such as (i) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets followed by a liquidation, or (iii) a merger or other transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of another company. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to complete a liquidity event within such time frame. (We define the term “offering period” as the three-year period following the commencement of our next follow-offering, although we may, in our discretion, extend the term of the offering indefinitely.)

We will be subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. If the Merger is completed, we will be subject to an exemptive order from the SEC (the “Order”) granting us the ability to negotiate terms, other than price and quantity, of co-investment transactions with other funds managed by our New Adviser or certain affiliates, including Prospect Capital Corporation and Priority Income Fund, Inc., subject to certain conditions included therein. Under the terms of the Order permitting us to co-invest with other funds managed by our New Adviser or its affiliates, a majority of our independent directors who have no financial interest in the transaction must make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies. The Order also imposes reporting and record keeping requirements and limitations on transactional fees. We may only co-invest with certain entities affiliated with our New Adviser in negotiated transactions originated by our New Adviser or its affiliates in accordance with such Order and existing regulatory guidance. These co-investment transactions may give rise to conflicts of interest or perceived conflicts of interest among us and the other participating accounts. To mitigate these conflicts, our New Adviser and its affiliates will seek to allocate portfolio transactions for all of the participating investment accounts, including us, on a fair and equitable basis, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, the applicable investment programs and portfolio positions, the clients for which participation is appropriate and any other factors deemed appropriate. We intend to make all of our investments in compliance with the Company Act and in a manner that will not jeopardize our status as a BDC or RIC.

4

Status of Our Continuous Public Offering

Since commencing our continuous public offering and through March 29, 2019, we have sold 1,614,220.76 shares of our common stock for gross proceeds of approximately $23,432,560.

About our Adviser

Our Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Adviser Act. Our Adviser and Triton Pacific Group, Inc. are under the common control of Craig Faggen, who is also our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Triton Pacific Group, Inc. is an investment management firm that focuses primarily on private equity investments through its subsidiary, Triton Pacific Capital Partners and affiliated investment funds. Since 2001, TPCP has focused on debt and equity investments in small to mid-sized private companies generally with revenues of less than $250 million. Since its inception, affiliates of TPCP have invested in the aggregate about $160 million in private companies with an estimated aggregate enterprise value at the time of investment of more than $600 million.

Craig J. Faggen, Ivan Faggen, Joseph Davis and Thomas Scott currently make up the investment committee of our Adviser. Each of them has extensive investment, operational and advisory experience, primarily working with small to mid-sized companies. Members of this team have been working together sourcing, structuring, investing and managing investments in small to middle market companies for over ten years.

If the Merger is completed, following the Merger, our Adviser and Sub-Adviser will cease to serve as our investment adviser and investment sub-adviser, respectively, and Prospect Flexible Income Management, LLC (the “New Adviser”) will begin to serve as our investment adviser. The New Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and will provide services to us pursuant to the terms of an investment advisory agreement between us and the New Adviser, or the New Investment Advisory Agreement. Our New Adviser’s investment activities will be led by a team of investment professionals from the investment and operations team of Prospect Capital Management. Our New Adviser’s investment professionals have significant experience and an extensive track record of investing in companies, managing high-yielding debt and equity investments in infrastructure companies and have developed an expertise in using all levels of a firm’s capital structure to produce income-generating investments, while focusing on risk management. Such parties also have extensive knowledge of the managerial, operational and regulatory requirements of publicly traded investment companies. Our New Adviser does not currently have employees, but has access to certain investment, finance, accounting, legal and administrative personnel of Prospect Capital Management and Prospect Administration and may retain additional personnel as our activities expand. In particular, certain personnel of Prospect Capital Management will be made available to our New Adviser to assist it in managing our portfolio and operations, provided that they are supervised at all times by our New Adviser’s management team.

Our board of directors includes a majority of independent directors and oversees and monitors the activities of our Adviser and our Sub-Adviser, as well as our investment portfolio and performance and annually reviews the compensation paid to our Adviser and Sub-Adviser. See “Investment Adviser Agreement”, below. In addition to managing our portfolio, our Adviser provides on our behalf managerial assistance to those of our portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance. We have the right to terminate the investment advisory agreement upon 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and our Adviser has the right to terminate the investment advisory agreement upon 120 days’ written notice to us. Both our Adviser and Sub-Adviser have the right to terminate the sub-advisory agreement without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party.

About our Sub-adviser

Our Adviser has engaged ZAIS Group, LLC to act as our investment sub-adviser. ZAIS assists our Adviser with identifying, evaluating, negotiating and structuring debt investments and makes investment recommendations for approval by our Adviser. ZAIS is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act and had approximately $6.0 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2018. ZAIS is not an affiliate of us or our Adviser and does not own any of our shares. The appointment of ZAIS as our sub-adviser was approved by our stockholders at a special meeting held on September 16, 2014. Vincent Ingato will be initially responsible for the day-to-day management of the debt investments managed by our Sub-Adviser. Mr. Ingato has more than 20 years of investment experience, primarily investing in debt and other credit oriented securities If the Merger is completed, ZAIS will no longer serve as our Sub-Adviser.

5

Market Opportunity

The following contains a discussion of our market opportunity following the completion of the Merger.

We believe that there are and will continue to be significant investment opportunities in the senior secured first lien loan and senior secured second lien loan asset classes, as well as investments in debt and equity securities of middle market companies.

Opportunity in Middle Market Private Companies

We believe the middle market lending environment provides opportunities for us to meet our objective of making investments that generate attractive risk-adjusted returns as a result of a combination of the following factors:

Large Addressable Market. According to Thomson Reuters LPC, institutional leveraged loan issuance (senior secured loans and second lien secured loans) reached a record high in 2017 at approximately $919 billion. We believe that there exists a large number of prospective lending opportunities for lenders, which should allow us to generate substantial investment opportunities and build an attractive portfolio of investments.

Strong Demand for Debt Capital. We expect that private equity firms will continue to be active investors in middle market companies. These private equity funds generally seek to leverage their investments by combining their capital with loans provided by other sources, and we believe that our investment strategy positions us well to invest alongside such private equity investors. In addition, we believe the large amount of uninvested capital held by funds of private equity firms, estimated by Preqin Ltd., an alternative assets industry data and research company, to be $954 billion as of September 2017, will continue to drive deal activity.

Attractive Market Segment. We believe that the underserved nature of such a large segment of the market can at times create a significant opportunity for investment. In many environments, we believe that middle market companies are more likely to offer attractive economics in terms of transaction pricing, up-front and ongoing fees, prepayment penalties and security features in the form of stricter covenants and quality collateral than loans to larger companies. In addition, as compared to larger companies, middle market companies often have simpler capital structures and carry less leverage, thus aiding the structuring and negotiation process and allowing us greater flexibility in structuring favorable transactions.

Attractive Deal Structure and Terms

We believe senior secured debt provides strong defensive characteristics. Because this debt has priority in payment among an issuer’s security holders (i.e., holders are due to receive payment before junior creditors and equityholders), they carry less potential risk than other investments in the issuer’s capital structure. Further, these investments are secured by the issuer’s assets, which may be seized in the event of a default, if necessary. They generally also carry restrictive covenants aimed at ensuring repayment before junior creditors, such as most types of unsecured bondholders, and other security holders and preserving collateral to protect against credit deterioration.

The chart below illustrates examples of the collateral used to secure senior secured first lien debt and senior secured second lien debt.

6

Investments in Floating Rate Debt

A large portion of the investments we expect to make in middle market companies are expected to be in the form of floating rate debt instruments. These floating rate debt instruments are expected to be below investment grade. Floating rate loans have a base rate that adjusts periodically plus a spread over the base rate. The base rate is typically the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), and resets every 30-90 days. With rates resetting in an environment where the prevailing base rate is increasing, the income stream from a floating rate instrument will increase. Syndicated floating rate debt offers certain benefits:

Adjustable coupon payment. Floating rate loans are structured so that interest rates reset on a predetermined schedule. When interest rates rise, coupon payments increase, and vice versa, with little lag time (typically 90 days or less). This feature greatly reduces the interest rate risk, or duration risk, inherent in high yield bonds, which typically never reset. Therefore, as short-term rates rise, the value of a high yield bond should decline while the value of a floating rate loan should remain stable.

Priority in event of default. In the event of a default, floating rate loans typically have a higher position in a company’s capital structure, have first claim to assets and greater covenant protection than high yield bonds. As a result, floating rate loans have generally recovered a greater percentage of value than high yield bonds. Also, the default rate for floating rate loans has historically been lower than defaults of high yield bonds.

Reduced volatility. The return of floating rate loans has historically had a low correlation to most asset classes and a negative correlation with some asset classes. Therefore, adding floating rate loans to a portfolio should reduce volatility and risk.

Investment Objectives and Strategy

The following contains a discussion of our investment objectives and strategy following the completion of the Merger.

Our investment objective is to generate current income and, as a secondary objective, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. We intend to meet our investment objective by primarily lending to and investing in the debt of privately-owned U.S. middle market companies, which we define as companies with annual revenue between $50 million and $2.5 billion. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets. We expect to focus primarily on making investments in syndicated senior secured first lien loans, syndicated senior secured second lien loans, and to a lesser extent, subordinated debt, of middle market companies in a broad range of industries. Our target credit investments are expected to typically have initial maturities between three and ten years and generally range in size between $1 million and $100 million, although the investment size may vary with the size of our capital base. We expect that the majority of our debt investments will bear interest at

7

floating interest rates, but our portfolio may also include fixed-rate investments. We expect to make our investments directly through the primary issuance by the borrower or in the secondary market.

As part of our investment objective to generate current income, we expect that at least 70% of our portfolio of investments will consist primarily of syndicated senior secured first lien loans, syndicated senior secured second lien loans, and to a lesser extent, subordinated debt, and up to 30% of our portfolio of investments will consist of other securities, including private equity (both common and preferred), dividend-paying equity, royalties, and the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. The senior secured loans underlying our CLO investments are expected typically to be BB or B rated (non-investment grade, which is often referred to as “high yield” or “junk”) and in limited circumstances, unrated, senior secured loans. Our investment portfolio is expected to consistent primarily of debt securities.

When identifying prospective portfolio companies, we expect to focus primarily on the attributes set forth below, which we believe should help us generate attractive total returns with an acceptable level of risk. While these criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions, we caution investors that, if we believe the benefits of investing are sufficiently strong, not all of these criteria necessarily will be met by each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest. These attributes are:

● Defensible market positions. We seek to invest in companies that have developed strong positions within their respective markets and exhibit the potential to maintain sufficient cash flows and profitability to service our debt in a range of economic environments. We seek companies that can protect their competitive advantages through scale, scope, customer loyalty, product pricing or product quality versus their competitors, thereby minimizing business risk and protecting profitability.

● Proven management teams. We expect to focus on companies that have experienced management teams with an established track record of success.

● Allocation among various issuers and industries. We seek to allocate our portfolio broadly among issuers and industries, thereby attempting to reduce the risk of a downturn in any one company or industry having a disproportionate adverse impact on the value of our portfolio.

● Viable exit strategy. We will attempt to invest a majority of our assets in securities that may be sold in a privately negotiated over-the-counter market or public market, providing us a means by which we may exit our positions. We expect that a large portion of our portfolio may be sold on this secondary market for the foreseeable future, depending on market conditions. For investments that are not able to be sold within this market, we intend to focus primarily on investing in companies whose business models and growth prospects offer attractive exit possibilities, including repayment of our investments, an initial public offering of equity securities, a merger, a sale or a recapitalization, in each case with the potential for capital gains.

● Investing in stable companies with positive cash flow. We seek to invest in established, stable companies with strong profitability and cash flows. Such companies, we believe, are well-positioned to maintain consistent cash flow to service and repay our loans and maintain growth in their businesses or market share. We do not intend to invest to any significant degree in start-up companies, turnaround situations or companies with speculative business plans.

● Private equity sponsorship. Often, we will seek to participate in transactions sponsored by what we believe to be sophisticated and seasoned private equity firms. Our New Adviser’s management team believes that a private equity sponsor’s willingness to invest significant sums of equity capital into a company is an endorsement of the quality of the investment. Further, by co-investing with such experienced private equity firms which commit significant sums of equity capital ranking junior in priority of payment to our debt investments, we may benefit from the due diligence review performed by the private equity firm, in addition to our own due diligence review. Further, strong private equity sponsors with significant investments at risk have the ability and a strong incentive to contribute additional capital in difficult economic times should operational or financial issues arise, which could provide additional protections for our investments.

Our portfolio is expected to be comprised primarily of investments in syndicated senior secured first lien loans, syndicated senior secured second lien loans, and to a lesser extent, subordinated debt of private middle market U.S. companies. In addition, a portion of our portfolio may be comprised of other securities, including private equity

8

(both common and preferred), dividend-paying equity, royalties, and the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. Our New Adviser will seek to tailor our investment focus as market conditions evolve. Depending on market conditions, we may increase or decrease our exposure to less senior portions of the capital structure, where returns tend to be stronger in a more stable or growing economy, but less secure in weak economic environments. Below is a diagram illustrating where these investments lie in a typical portfolio company’s capital structure. Senior secured first lien debt is situated at the top of the capital structure and typically has the first claim on the assets and cash flows of the company, followed by senior secured second lien debt, subordinated debt, preferred equity and, finally, common equity. Due to this priority of cash flows, an investment’s risk increases as it moves further down the capital structure. Investors are usually compensated for this risk associated with junior status in the form of higher returns, either through higher interest payments or potentially higher capital appreciation. We will rely on our New Adviser’s experience to structure investments, possibly using all levels of the capital structure, which we believe will perform in a broad range of economic environments.

Typical Leveraged Capital Structure Diagram

 

As a BDC, we are permitted under the Company Act to borrow funds to finance portfolio investments. To enhance our opportunity for gain, we intend to employ leverage as market conditions permit. At our 2019 Annual Meeting, our stockholders will be asked to approve a proposal allowing us to modify our asset coverage ratio requirement from 200% to 150%. If approved, we will be allowed to increase our leverage capacity. The use of leverage, although it may increase returns, may also increase the risk of loss to our investors, particularly if the level of our leverage is high and the value of our investments declines. For a discussion of the risks of leverage, see “Risk Factors – Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure.”

Following approval by our stockholders at the 2019 Annual Meeting, we will commence four repurchase offers, which we refer to as the special repurchase offer, to allow all of the Eligible Stockholders (stockholders as of the date of the 2019 Annual Meeting) to tender to us up to 100% of their shares that were held as of that date, as required by the Company Act and the Small Business Credit Availability Act (the “SBCA”). Shares purchased or acquired after that date are not eligible for repurchase under the special repurchase offer. The special repurchase offer is separate and apart from our share repurchase program. See “—Special Repurchase Offer.”

9

Investment Process

The investment professionals employed by our New Adviser have spent their careers developing the resources necessary to invest in private companies. Our transaction process is highlighted below.

Our Transaction Process

Sourcing

In order to source transactions, our New Adviser will generate investment opportunities through syndicate and club deals and, subject to regulatory constraints, through the proprietary origination channels of the investment team at our New Adviser and its affiliates. With respect to syndicate and club deals, the investment professionals of our New Adviser have built a network of relationships with commercial and investment banks, finance companies and other investment funds as a result of the long track record of its investment professionals in the leveraged finance marketplace. With respect to our New Adviser’s proprietary origination channel, our New Adviser will seek to leverage the relationships with private equity sponsors and financial intermediaries. We believe that the broad networks of our New Adviser and its affiliates will produce a significant pipeline of investment opportunities for us.

Evaluation

Initial review. In its initial review of an investment opportunity, our New Adviser’s professionals will examine information furnished by the target company and external sources, such as rating agencies, if applicable, to determine whether the investment meets our basic investment criteria and other guidelines specified by our New Adviser, within the context of proper portfolio diversification, and offers an acceptable probability of attractive returns with identifiable downside risk. For the majority of securities available on the secondary market, a comprehensive analysis will be conducted and continuously maintained by a dedicated research analyst, the results of which are available for the investment team to review. In the case of a primary or secondary transaction, our New Adviser will conduct detailed due diligence investigations as necessary.

Credit analysis/due diligence. Before undertaking an investment, the transaction team expects to conduct a thorough due diligence review of the opportunity to ensure the company fits our investment strategy, which may include:

● a full operational analysis to identify the key risks and opportunities of the company’s business, including a detailed review of historical and projected financial results;

● a detailed analysis of industry dynamics, competitive position, regulatory, tax and legal matters;

● on-site visits, if deemed necessary;

● background checks to further evaluate management and other key personnel;

● a review by legal and accounting professionals, environmental or other industry consultants, if necessary;

● financial sponsor due diligence, including portfolio company and lender reference checks, if necessary; and

● a review of management’s experience and track record.

Execution

Recommendation. The professionals of our New Adviser will recommend investment opportunities for its approval. Our New Adviser seeks to maintain a defensive approach toward its investment recommendations by emphasizing risk control in its investment process, which includes (i) the pre-review of each opportunity by one of its investment professionals to assess the general quality, value and fit relative to our portfolio and (ii) where possible, transaction structuring with a focus on preservation of capital in varying economic environments.

10

Approval. After completing its internal transaction process, our New Adviser will make formal recommendations for review and approval by our New Adviser’s investment committee. In connection with its recommendation, it will transmit any relevant underwriting material and other information pertinent to the decision-making process. The consummation of a transaction will require unanimous approval of the members of our New Adviser’s investment committee.

Post-Investment Monitoring

Portfolio Monitoring. Our New Adviser intends to monitor our portfolio with a focus toward anticipating negative credit events. To maintain portfolio company performance and help to ensure a successful exit, our New Adviser expects to work closely with, as applicable, the lead equity sponsor, loan syndicator or agent bank, portfolio company management, consultants, advisers and other security holders to discuss financial position, compliance with covenants, financial requirements and execution of the company’s business plan. In addition, depending on the size, nature and performance of the transaction, we may occupy a seat or serve as an observer on a portfolio company’s board of directors or similar governing body.

Typically, our New Adviser will receive financial reports detailing operating performance, sales volumes, margins, cash flows, financial position and other key operating metrics on a quarterly basis from our portfolio companies. Our New Adviser intends to use this data, combined with due diligence gained through contact with the company’s customers, suppliers, competitors, market research, and/or other methods, to conduct an ongoing, rigorous assessment of the company’s operating performance and prospects.

Valuation Process. Each quarter, we will value investments in our portfolio, and such values will be disclosed each quarter in reports filed with the SEC. Investments for which market quotations are readily available will be recorded at such market quotations. With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors will determine the fair value of such investments in good faith, utilizing the input of our valuation committee, our New Adviser and any other professionals or materials that our board of directors deems worthy and relevant, including independent third-party pricing services and independent third-party valuation services, if applicable.

Managerial Assistance. As a BDC, we must offer, and provide upon request, managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Depending on the nature of the assistance required, our New Adviser will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. To the extent fees are paid for these services, we, rather than our New Adviser, will retain any fees paid for such assistance.

Exit

We will attempt to invest in securities that may be sold in the privately negotiated over-the-counter market, providing us a means by which we may exit our positions. We expect that a large portion of our portfolio may be sold on this secondary market for the foreseeable future, depending on market conditions. For any investments that are not able to be sold within this market, we will focus primarily in investing in companies whose business models and growth prospects offer attractive exit possibilities, including repayment of our investments, an initial public offering of equity securities, a merger, a sale or a recapitalization.

Post-Merger Business Growth

We may grow our business and attempt to increase assets under management by pursuing growth through acquisitions of other BDCs or registered investment companies, acquisitions of critical business partners or other strategic initiatives. We intend to pursue acquisitions of other businesses or financial products complementary to our business when we believe such acquisitions can add substantial value or generate substantial returns. Over the past several years, we have been in contact with various potential merger partners and have recently had some

11

conversations with other funds about possible merger transactions involving us. However, to date, we have not entered into any commitments relating to any acquisitions or other strategic transactions (other than the Merger) and there can be no assurance that any such complimentary business opportunities will be identified or that any such acquisitions will be completed.

Qualifying Assets

Under the Company Act, a business development company may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the Company Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets”, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are the following:

1. Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the Company Act as any issuer which:

a. is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

b. is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the business development company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the Company Act; and

c. satisfies any of the following:

i. does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

ii. has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

iii. is controlled by a business development company or a group of companies including a business development company and the business development company has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

iv. is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4.0 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2.0 million.

2. Securities of any eligible portfolio company that we control.

3. Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

4. Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

5. Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

6. Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

In addition, a business development company must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.

12

Managerial Assistance

In order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, we must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where we purchase such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a company.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the Diversification Tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of debt and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the Company Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. (If the Merger is completed, this requirement will decrease to 150%.) In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Business Development Companies”. Regulations governing our operation as a business development company and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.”

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the Company Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. We have attached our code of ethics as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You may also read and copy the code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the code of ethics is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov.

13

Compliance Policies and Procedures

We have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and are required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. The Company’s chief compliance officer, with whom we contract services, is responsible for administering these policies and procedures.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We anticipate delegating our proxy voting responsibility to our Adviser. The proxy voting policies and procedures that we anticipate that our Adviser will follow are set forth below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by our Adviser and our non-interested directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, our Adviser has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, it recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of its clients. These policies and procedures for voting proxies for the investment advisory clients of our Adviser are intended to comply with Section 206 of the Advisers Act and Rule 206(4)-6 thereunder.

Proxy Policies

Our Adviser will vote proxies relating to portfolio securities in the best interest of its clients’ stockholders. It will review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a stockholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by its clients. Although our Adviser will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on its clients’ portfolio securities, it may vote for such a proposal if there exist compelling long-term reasons to do so.

The proxy voting decisions of our Adviser are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of its clients’ investments. To ensure that its vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, it will require that: (a) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to its chief compliance officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (b) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how our Adviser intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information, without charge, regarding how our Adviser votes proxies with respect to our portfolio securities by making a written request for proxy voting information to our Chief Compliance Officer, 6701 Center Drive West, Suite 1450, Los Angeles, CA 90045.

14

Other Matters

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the Company Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Further, as a business development company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

Securities Exchange Act and Sarbanes-Oxley Act Compliance

We are subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Exchange Act, including the filing of quarterly, annual and current reports, proxy statements and other required items. In addition, we will be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements will affect us. For example:

● pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer are required to certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;

● pursuant to Item 307 of Regulation S-K, our periodic reports are required to disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;

● pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, our management are required to prepare a report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. This report must be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm; and

● pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 12a-15 under the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We intend to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

Tax Status

We have elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gain that we distribute to our stockholders from our tax earnings and profits. Even if we qualify as a RIC, we generally will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on our undistributed taxable income and could be subject to U.S. federal excise, state, local and foreign taxes. To obtain and maintain our RIC tax treatment, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, if any. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

License Agreement

We have entered into a license agreement with Triton Pacific Group, Inc. pursuant to which it has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name and brand “Triton Pacific”, its related trademarks and other proprietary property. Under this agreement, we will have a right to use the “Triton Pacific” name and brand, for so long as our Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Triton Pacific” name and brand. Triton Pacific Group, Inc. is controlled by Craig Faggen, its president and our chairman of the board and chief executive officer.

15

Employees

We do not currently have any employees. Each of our executive officers is a principal, officer or employee of Triton Pacific Adviser (or an affiliate), which manages and oversees our investment operations.

Corporate Information

Our executive offices are located at 6701 Center Drive West, Suite 1450, Los Angeles, CA 90045 and our telephone number is (310) 943-4990.

Both our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our annual reports on Form 10-K will be made available on our website at www.tritonpacificbdc.com at the end of each fiscal quarter and fiscal year, as applicable, as will any interim reports on Form 8-K that we file from time to time with the SEC. These reports will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant risks. In addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, you should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in us. The following should not be considered a complete summary of all the risks associated with an investment, but if any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the net asset value per share of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

Except for the investments described in this report, we have not identified specific investments that we will make with the proceeds of our offering, and you will not have the opportunity to evaluate our future investments prior to purchasing shares of our common stock.

Except for the investments described in this report, neither we, our Adviser or our Sub-Adviser has identified, made or contracted to make any investments. As a result, you will not be able to evaluate the economic merits, transaction terms or other financial or operational data concerning our future investments prior to purchasing shares of our common stock. You must rely on our Adviser and our board of directors to implement our investment policies, evaluate our investment opportunities and structure the terms of our investments. Because investors are not able to evaluate our future investments in advance of purchasing shares of our common stock, other than those investments described in this report, our offering may entail more risk than other types of offerings. This may hinder your ability to achieve your own personal investment objectives related to portfolio diversification, risk-adjusted investment returns and other objectives.

We have not established any limit on the amount of funds we may use from available sources, such as borrowings, if any, or proceeds from our offering, to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in assets).

For a significant time after the commencement of our offering, a substantial portion of our distributions resulted from expense reimbursements from our Adviser, which are subject to repayment by us within three years. The purpose of this arrangement was to reduce our operating expenses; to avoid such distributions being characterized as returns of capital for tax purposes and to attempt to ensure that no portion of our distributions to stockholders will be paid from our offering proceeds. Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2016, the Adviser began to reimburse less than 100% of our expenses and for the year ended December 31, 2018.the Adviser did not reimburse us for any of our expenses. As a result, a portion of the distributions we have paid in the past, and may continue to pay, come from offering proceeds. Stockholders should understand that any such distributions are not based on our investment

16

performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or our Adviser again agrees to make expense reimbursements. Stockholders should also understand that our future repayments will reduce the distributions that they would otherwise receive. There can be no assurance that we will achieve such performance in order to sustain these distributions, or be able to pay distributions at all.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.

We are currently prohibited under the Company Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be deemed to be our affiliate for purposes of the Company Act and we will generally be prohibited from buying or selling any securities (other than our securities) from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our disinterested directors. The Company Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same companies (whether at the same or different times), without prior approval of our disinterested directors and, in some cases, the SEC. Except under certain circumstances, if a person acquires more than 25% of our voting securities, we are prohibited from buying or selling any security (other than any security of which we are the issuer) from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security (other than any security of which we are the issuer) from or to any company owned, in whole or in significant part, by a private equity fund managed by our Adviser or its affiliates, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us without obtaining an exemptive relief order from the SEC. There is no assurance that a satisfactory exemptive relief order from the SEC will be obtained.

A failure on our part to maintain our qualification as a business development company would significantly reduce our operating flexibility.

If we fail to continuously qualify as a business development company, we might become subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the Company Act, which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility. In addition, failure to comply with the requirements imposed on business development companies by the Company Act could cause the SEC to bring an enforcement action against us.

Regulations governing our operation as a business development company and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things, satisfy an annual distribution requirement. As a result, in order to fund new investments, we may need to periodically access the capital markets to raise cash. We may do so by issuing “senior securities,” including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions and issuing preferred stock, up to the maximum amount allowed under the Company Act—which allows us to borrow only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the Company Act, equals at least 200% of our gross assets less all of our liabilities not represented by senior securities, immediately after each issuance of senior securities. (If the Merger is completed, this percentage will be reduced to 150%.) Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with these requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability, in comparison to other companies, to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. As a BDC, therefore, we may need to issue equity more frequently than our privately-owned competitors, which may lead to greater stockholder dilution.

If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test, which would prohibit us from making distributions and could prevent us from qualifying as a RIC. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

17

If we issue preferred stock, it would rank senior to our common stock in our capital structure and preferred stockholders would have separate voting rights on certain matters and might have other rights, preferences (including as to distributions) and privileges more favorable than those of our common stockholders. The presence of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or other transaction that might provide a premium price of our common stockholders or otherwise be in your best interest. Holders of our common stock would directly or indirectly bear all of the costs associated with offering and servicing any preferred stock that we issue. We currently do not intend to issue any preferred stock.

We generally are not able to issue or sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with other public companies. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value per share of the common stock if our board of directors and independent directors determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders (as well as those stockholders that are not affiliated with us) approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any underwriting commission or discount). If our common stock trades at a discount to our net asset value per share, this restriction could adversely affect our ability to raise capital.

We also may make rights offerings to our stockholders at prices less than net asset value per share, subject to applicable requirements of the Company Act. If we raise additional funds by issuing more shares of our common stock or issuing senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders may decline at that time and our stockholders may experience dilution. Moreover, we can offer no assurance that we will be able to issue and sell additional equity securities in the future on terms favorable to us or at all.

In addition, we may in the future seek to securitize our portfolio securities to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we would likely create a wholly-owned subsidiary and contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary. We would then sell interests in the subsidiary on a non-recourse basis to purchasers and we would retain all or a portion of the equity in the subsidiary. An inability to successfully securitize our loan portfolio could limit our ability to grow our business or fully execute our business strategy and may decrease our earnings, if any. The securitization market is subject to changing market conditions and we may not be able to access this market when we would otherwise deem appropriate. Moreover, the successful securitization of our portfolio might expose us to losses as the residual investments in which we do not sell interests will tend to be those that are riskier and more apt to generate losses. The Company Act also may impose restrictions on the structure of any securitization.

A significant portion of our investment portfolio will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there could be uncertainty as to the actual market value of our portfolio investments.

Under the Company Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there is no readily available market value, at fair value, as determined by our board of directors. Since most of our investments will not be publicly-traded or actively traded on a secondary market, our board of directors will determine their fair value quarterly in good faith.

Factors that may be considered in determining the fair value of our investments include: dealer quotes for securities traded on the secondary market for institutional investors, the nature and realizable value of any related collateral, the earnings of the portfolio company and its ability to make payments on its indebtedness, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to comparable publicly-traded companies, discounted cash flow and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Due to this uncertainty, our fair value determinations may cause our net asset value per share on a given date to materially understate or overstate the value that we may ultimately realize upon the sale of one or more of our investments.

18

Because our business model depends to a significant extent upon the business relationships of our Adviser (and, if the Merger is completed, the New Adviser), the inability of our Adviser (or New Adviser) to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We expect that our Adviser, Sub-Adviser and, if the Merger is completed, our New Adviser, will depend on their relationships with private equity sponsors, investment banks and commercial banks, and we may rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If our Adviser, New Adviser and Sub-Adviser fail to maintain their existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom our Adviser’s, New Adviser’s and Sub-Adviser’s professionals have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

The amount and timing of distributions are uncertain and distributions may be funded from the proceeds of our offering and may represent a return of capital.

The amount of any distributions we pay is uncertain. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our distributions to our stockholders may exceed our earnings, particularly during the period before we have substantially invested the net proceeds from our offering. We may fund distributions from the uninvested proceeds of our public offering and borrowings, and we have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from net offering proceeds or borrowings to make any such distributions. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of your capital rather than a return on your investment, which will lower your tax basis in your shares and reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in targeted assets.

We may not be able to pay you distributions, and our distributions may not grow over time. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by, among other things, the effect of one or more of the risk factors described in this prospectus. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC can limit our ability to pay distributions.

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or do not satisfy the annual distribution requirement.

● To obtain and maintain RIC status and be relieved of federal taxes on the income and gains we distribute to our stockholders, we must meet the following annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements.

● The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax, however, to the extent that we do not satisfy certain additional minimum distribution requirements on a calendar-year basis. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the Company Act and we may be subject to certain financial covenants under our debt arrangements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax. See “Risks Related to Debt Financing.”

● The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our gross income for each year from distributions, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources.

● The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. To satisfy this requirement, at least 50% of the value of our

19

assets must consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other acceptable securities; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly-traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC status or to meet the annual distribution requirement for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, net asset value per share, operating results and value of our stock. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay you distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

If we internalize our management functions, your interest in us could be diluted, and we could incur other significant costs and face other significant risks associated with being self-managed.

Our board of directors may decide in the future to internalize our management functions. If we do so, we may elect to negotiate to acquire our Adviser’s assets and personnel. At this time, we cannot anticipate the form or amount of consideration or other terms relating to any such internalization transaction. Such consideration could take many forms, including cash payments, promissory notes and shares of our common stock. The payment of such consideration could result in dilution of your interests as a stockholder and could reduce the earnings per share attributable to your investment.

In addition, while we would no longer bear the costs of the various fees and expenses we expect to pay to our Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we would incur the compensation and benefits costs of our officers and other employees and consultants that we now expect will be paid by our Adviser or its affiliates. In addition, we may issue equity awards to officers, employees and consultants, which awards would decrease net income and may further dilute your investment. We cannot reasonably estimate the amount of fees we would save or the costs we would incur if we became self-managed. If the expenses we assume as a result of internalization are higher than the expenses we avoid paying to our Adviser, our earnings per share would be lower as a result of the internalization than they otherwise would have been, potentially decreasing the amount of funds available to distribute to our stockholders and the value of our shares. As currently organized, we will not have any employees. If we elect to internalize our operations, we would employ personnel and would be subject to potential liabilities commonly faced by employers, such as workers disability and compensation claims, potential labor disputes and other employee-related liabilities and grievances, all of which could result in substantially higher litigation costs to us.

If we internalize our management functions, we could have difficulty integrating these functions as a stand-alone entity. In addition, we could have difficulty retaining the management personnel we employ. Currently, individuals employed by our Adviser and its affiliates perform asset management and general and administrative functions, including accounting and financial reporting, for multiple entities. These personnel have a great deal of know-how and experience. We may fail to properly identify the appropriate mix of personnel and capital needs to operate as a stand-alone entity. An inability to manage an internalization transaction effectively could result in our incurring excess costs and/or suffering deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over

20

financial reporting. Such deficiencies could cause us to incur additional costs, and our management’s attention could be diverted from most effectively managing our investments.

If we borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us.

Borrowings, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain or loss on invested equity capital. The use of leverage to partially finance our investments, through borrowings from banks and other lenders, will increase the risk of investing in our common stock. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause our net asset value per share to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique.

Because we intend to distribute substantially all of our income to our stockholders in connection with our election to be treated as a RIC, we will continue to need additional capital to finance our growth. If additional funds are unavailable or not available on favorable terms, our ability to grow will be impaired.

In order to qualify for the tax benefits available to RICs and to eliminate its liability for U.S. federal income and excise taxes, we intend to distribute to our stockholders substantially all of our annual taxable income, except that we may retain certain net capital gains for investment, and treat such amounts as deemed distributions to our stockholders. If we elect to treat any amounts as deemed distributions, we must pay income taxes at the corporate rate on such deemed distributions on behalf of our stockholders. As a result of these requirements, we will likely need to raise capital from other sources to grow our business. As a business development company, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets, less liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to total senior securities, which includes all of our borrowings and any outstanding preferred stock, of at least 200%. Our Board of Directors have approved a proposal allowing us to modify our asset coverage ratio requirement from 200% to 150%. These requirements limit the amounts we may borrow. Because we will continue to need capital to grow our investment portfolio, these limitations may prevent us from incurring debt and require us to raise additional equity at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

While we expect to be able to borrow and to issue additional debt and equity securities, we cannot assure you that debt and equity financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. Also, as a business development company, we generally will not be permitted to issue equity securities at a price below net asset value per share without stockholder approval. If additional funds are not available to us, we could be forced to curtail or cease new investment activities, and our net asset value per share and share price could decline. Lastly, any additional equity raised will dilute the interest of current investors.

In selecting and structuring investments appropriate for us, our Adviser and Sub-Adviser (and, if the Merger is completed, New Adviser) will consider the investment and tax objectives of the Company and our stockholders as a whole, not the investment, tax or other objectives of any stockholder individually.

Our stockholders may have conflicting investment, tax and other objectives with respect to their investments in us. The conflicting interests of individual stockholders may relate to or arise from, among other things, the nature of our investments, the structure or the acquisition of our investments, and the timing of disposition of our investments. As a consequence, conflicts of interest may arise in connection with decisions made by our Adviser (or New Adviser), including with respect to the nature or structuring of our investments that may be more beneficial for one stockholder than for another stockholder, especially with respect to stockholders’ individual tax situations.

We may pursue strategic acquisitions.

We may pursue growth through acquisitions of other BDCs or registered investment companies, acquisitions of critical business partners or other strategic initiatives. Attempts to expand our business involve a number of special risks, including some or all of the following:

21

●	the required investment of capital and other resources;
●	the assumption of liabilities in any acquired business;
●	the disruption of our ongoing business; and
●;	increasing demands on our operational and management systems and controls.

If we are unable to consummate or successfully integrate development opportunities, acquisitions or joint ventures, we may not be able to implement our growth strategy successfully.

Our growth strategy may include the selective development or acquisition of other BDCs, funds, asset management businesses, advisory businesses or other businesses or financial products complementary to our business where we think it can add substantial value or generate substantial returns. The success of this strategy will depend on, among other things: (a) the availability of suitable opportunities, (b) the level of competition from other companies that may have greater financial resources, (c) our ability to value potential development or acquisition opportunities accurately and negotiate acceptable terms for those opportunities, (d) our ability to identify and enter into mutually beneficial relationships with venture partners and (e) our ability to properly manage conflicts of interest. Moreover, even if we are able to identify and successfully complete an acquisition, we may encounter unexpected difficulties or incur unexpected costs associated with integrating and overseeing the operations of the new business or activities. If we are not successful in implementing our growth strategy, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Risks Related to our Adviser and Its Affiliates

We will rely on our Adviser and its investment personnel for the selection of our assets and the monitoring of our investments.

We will have no internal employees. We will depend on the ability, diligence, skill and network of business contacts of our Adviser (and if the Merger is completed, the New Adviser), our Sub-Adviser and their investment committee to identify potential investments, to negotiate such acquisitions, to oversee the management of the investments, and to arrange their timely disposition. We are the first business development company or registered investment company sponsored by our Adviser. The departure of any of the members of our Adviser, New Adviser or Sub-Adviser could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objectives. There can be no assurances that the individuals currently employed by the Adviser, New Adviser or Sub-Adviser who will manage our portfolio will continue to be employed by the Adviser, New Adviser or Sub-Adviser or that the Adviser, New Adviser or Sub-Adviser will be able to obtain suitable replacements if they leave. In addition, we can offer no assurance that our Adviser (or, following the Merger, our New Adviser) will remain our investment adviser, that our Sub-Adviser will remain our sub-adviser or that we will continue to have access to their investment professionals or their information and deal flow.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest which could adversely impact our investment returns.

Our executive officers and directors, and the principals of our Adviser, New Adviser and Sub-Adviser, serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do or of investment funds managed by their affiliates. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which might not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. For example, Mr. Faggen, our president and chief executive officer, and the president of our Adviser, as well as other members of TPCP and its affiliates who may also be members of the investment committee of our Adviser, manage and will continue to manage other funds which are currently in their investment phase or, though fully invested, are continuing to be actively managed. In addition, if the Merger is completed, Mr. Eliasek will serve as our president and chief executive officer, and the president of our New Adviser, and may manage and will continue to manage other funds which are also currently in their investment phase or, though fully invested, are continuing to be actively managed. In addition, in the future, the principals of our Adviser (and New Adviser) or Sub-Adviser may manage other funds which may from time to time have overlapping investment objectives with ours and, accordingly, may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. If this should occur, the principals of our Adviser, New Adviser and Sub-Adviser may face conflicts of interest in the allocation of investment opportunities to us and such

22

other funds. Although our Adviser’s, New Adviser’s and Sub-Adviser’s investment professionals may endeavor to create independent teams to represent conflicting parties and to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by such other funds. In light of such potential conflicts, and as required under the Advisers Act, our Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics that, among other things, is intended to provide a framework of principles and procedures for resolving conflicts of interest in a manner consistent with our Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to its clients.

The involvement of our Adviser’s (or New Adviser’s) investment professionals in our valuation process may create conflicts of interest.

Our portfolio investments will generally not be in publicly-traded securities. As a result, the value of these securities will not be readily available. We will value these securities at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. In connection with that determination, investment professionals from our Adviser (or New Adviser) will prepare valuations based upon the most recent financial statements and projected financial results available from our investments. The participation of our Adviser’s (or New Adviser’s) investment professionals in our valuation process could result in a conflict of interest as our Adviser’s (and New Adviser’s) management fee is based, in part, on our gross assets.

Our fee structure may induce our Adviser to cause us to borrow and make speculative investments.

We will pay management and incentive fees to our Adviser and New Adviser based on our total assets, including indebtedness. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after payment of such fees and other expenses resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments. Our base management fee will be payable based upon our gross assets, which would include any borrowings. This may encourage our Adviser and New Adviser to use leverage to make additional investments and grow our asset base, which would involve the risks attendant to leverage discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, the incentive fee payable by us to our Adviser and New Adviser may create an incentive for it to use leverage and make investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns. The incentive fee payable by us to our Adviser and New Adviser also may create an incentive for our Adviser and New Adviser to favor investments that have a deferred interest feature or no interest income, but higher potential total returns.

In view of these factors, among other things, our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how our Adviser and New Adviser addresses these and other potential conflicts of interests associated with its services and compensation. While our board of directors will not review or approve each investment, our independent directors will periodically review our Adviser’s services and portfolio decisions and performance, as well as the appropriateness of its compensation in light of such factors.

Risks Relating to Our Investments

Our investments in prospective portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Our investments in syndicated senior secured first lien loans, syndicated senior secured second lien loans, senior secured bonds, subordinated debt and equity of private U.S. companies, including middle market companies, may be risky and there is no limit on the amount of any such investments in which we may invest.

Syndicated Senior Secured First Lien Loans, Syndicated Senior Secured Second Lien Loans and Senior Secured Bonds. There is a risk that any collateral pledged by portfolio companies in which we have taken a security interest may decrease in value over time or lose its entire value, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. To the extent our debt investment is collateralized by the securities of a portfolio company’s subsidiaries, such securities may lose some or all of their value in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the portfolio company. Also, in some

23

circumstances, our security interest may be contractually or structurally subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the debt. Secured debt that is under-collateralized involves a greater risk of loss. In addition, second lien secured debt is granted a second priority security interest in collateral, which means that any realization of collateral will generally be applied to pay senior secured debt in full before second lien secured debt is paid. Consequently, the fact that debt is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the debt should we be forced to enforce its remedies.

Subordinated Debt. Our subordinated debt investments will generally rank junior in priority of payment to senior debt and will generally be unsecured. This may result in a heightened level of risk and volatility or a loss of principal, which could lead to the loss of the entire investment. These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject we and its stockholders to non-cash income. Because we will not receive any principal repayments prior to the maturity of some of its subordinated debt investments, such investments will be of greater risk than amortizing loans.

Equity Investments. We may make select equity investments. In addition, in connection with our debt investments, we may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Non-U.S. Securities. We may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies, to the extent permitted by the Company Act. Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, we would be subject to additional risks if we invested in non-U.S. securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the non-U.S. securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Because non-U.S. securities may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.

Below Investment Grade Risk. In addition, we may invest in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “high yield” or “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and illiquid.

Investing in small and mid-sized companies involves a number of significant risks.

Investing in small and mid-sized companies involves a number of significant risks. Among other things, these companies:

●  May have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines, smaller market shares and/or significant customer concentrations than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors' actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

●  May have limited financial resources and limited access to capital markets and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt instruments, some of which we may hold or may be senior to us;

●  Are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the company and, in turn, on us. As well, limited resources may make it difficult to attract the necessary talent or invest in the necessary infrastructure to help the company grow;

24

●  Generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position; and

●  Generally have less publicly available information about their businesses, operations and financial condition. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and may lose all or part of our investment.

In addition, in the course of providing significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies, certain of our officers and directors may serve as directors on the boards of such companies. To the extent that litigation arises out of our investments in these companies, our officers and directors may be named as defendants in such litigation, which could result in an expenditure of funds (through our indemnification of such officers and directors) and the diversion of management time and resources.

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately-held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.

We will invest primarily in privately-held companies. These investments are typically illiquid. As such, we may have difficulty exiting an investment promptly at a desired price or outside of a normal amortization schedule for debt investments. Private companies also have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress. In addition, little public information generally exists about these companies, which may include a lack of audited financial statements and ratings by third parties. We must therefore rely on the ability of our Adviser and New Adviser to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential risks of investing in these companies. These companies and their financial information may not be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. These factors could affect our investment returns.

Defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.

The failure of a portfolio company in which we make a debt investment to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by it or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the ability of the company to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our debt investments in such companies.

For our debt investments, we intend to invest primarily in first lien, second lien and, to a lesser extent, subordinated debt issued by private U.S. companies, including middle market private U.S. companies. Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any proceeds. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on a proportionate basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

25

If we make unsecured investments, those investments might not generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations to us.

We may make unsecured debt investments and debt investments that are subordinated to other obligations of the obligor. Unsecured investments often reflect a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or in general economic conditions (including, for example, a substantial period of rising interest rates or declining earnings) or both may impair the ability of the obligor to make payment of principal and interest. If we make an unsecured investment in a company, that company may be highly leveraged, and its relatively high debt-to-equity ratio may create increased risks that its operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service its debt obligations to us and to more senior lenders.

If we invest in the securities and obligations of distressed and bankrupt issuers, we might not receive interest or other payments.

We are authorized to invest in the securities and obligations of distressed and bankrupt issuers, including debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default. Such investments generally are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer of those obligations might not make any interest or other payments.

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

If one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might recharacterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. We may also be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by us with respect to a borrower’s business or in instances where we exercise control over the borrower or render significant managerial assistance.

We generally will not control the portfolio companies in which we make debt investments.

We do not expect to control our portfolio companies in which we make debt investments, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements with such portfolio companies may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we make debt investments may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for our debt investments in non-traded companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies as readily as we would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

To the extent original issue discount (“OID”) constitutes a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the deferred receipt of cash representing such income.

Our investments may include OID instruments. To the extent OID constitutes a portion of our income, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

● OID instruments may create heightened credit risks because the inducement to trade higher rates for the deferral of cash payments typically represents, to some extent, speculation on the part of the borrower.

● For accounting purposes, cash distributions to stockholders representing original issue discount income do not come from paid-in capital, although they may be paid from the offering proceeds.

26

Thus, although a distribution of OID income comes from the cash invested by the stockholders, the Company Act does not require that stockholders be given notice of this fact.

● OID creates risk of non-refundable cash payments to our Adviser based on non-cash accruals that may never be realized.

● Interest rates payable on OID instruments, including payment-in-kind (“PIK”) loans are higher because the deferred interest payments are discounted to reflect the time-value of money and because PIK instruments generally represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans.

● OID and PIK instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about collectability of the deferred payments and the value of the associated collateral.

● An election to defer PIK interest payments by adding them to the principal of such instruments increases our total assets, which increases future base management fees, and, because interest payments will then be payable on a larger principal amount, the election also increases our Adviser’s future income incentive fees at a compounding rate.

● Market prices of PIK instruments and other zero coupon instruments are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and may be more volatile than instruments that pay interest periodically in cash. While PIK instruments are usually less volatile than zero coupon debt instruments, PIK instruments are generally more volatile than cash-pay securities.

● The deferral of PIK interest on a loan increases its loan-to-value ratio, which is a measure of the riskiness of a loan.

● Even if the conditions for income accrual under GAAP are satisfied, a borrower could still default when actual payment is due upon the maturity of such loan.

● The required recognition of OID, including PIK, interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes may have a negative impact on liquidity, because it represents a non-cash component of our investment company taxable income that must, nevertheless, be distributed in cash to investors to avoid it being subject to corporate-level taxation.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

We will make investments primarily in companies whose securities are not publicly-traded, and whose securities will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly-traded securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell these investments when desired. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. Our investments will usually be subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale or are otherwise illiquid because there is usually no established trading market for such investments. The illiquidity of most of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses.

27

We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in the companies in which we invest.

After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to the company or have the opportunity to increase our investment. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments. Any decisions not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative effect on a portfolio company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation, may dilute our interest in the company or may reduce the expected yield on the investment.

The companies in which we invest may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We will invest in all levels of the capital structure of our portfolio companies. These companies may have, or may be permitted to obtain, additional financing which may rank equally with, or senior to, our investment. By their terms, such financings may entitle the holders to receive payments of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive such payments. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a company, holders of instruments ranking senior to our investment would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution. After repaying such senior investors, the portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of financing ranking equally with our investments, we would have to share on a proportionate basis any distributions with other investors holding such financing in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the portfolio company.

The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.

Most of our investments will involve private securities. In connection with their disposition, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that our representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to certain potential liabilities. These indemnification obligations may require us to pay money to the purchasers of our equity securities as satisfaction of their indemnity claims, which claims must be satisfied through our return of certain distributions previously made to us.

Second priority liens on collateral securing loans that we make to a company may be subject to control by senior creditors with first priority liens. If there is a default, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to repay in full both the first priority creditors and us.

Certain loans that we make to portfolio companies will be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing such companies’ senior secured debt. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the obligations of the companies to their senior lenders and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the company under the agreements governing the senior loans. The holders of senior secured obligations will generally control the liquidation of the collateral and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before we receive any funding. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by second priority liens after payment in full of all senior secured obligations. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts owed to junior lenders, then we, to the extent we are not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to a company with outstanding senior debt may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with

28

the senior lenders. Under such agreements, at any time that senior secured obligations are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the senior secured obligations: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

We generally will not control companies to which we provide debt.

We do not expect to control portfolio companies in which we make debt investments, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights and our debt agreements may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that the management of such a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree or, as representative of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for our investments in non-publicly-traded companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in a portfolio company as readily as we would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, a company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our holdings.

We may incur lender liability as a result of our lending activities.

In recent years, a number of judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers and others to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories generally referred to as “lender liability.” Lender liability is generally based on the idea that a lender has either violated a contractual or implied duty of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of fiduciary duties owed to the borrower, its stockholders and its other creditors. As a lender, we may be subject to allegations of lender liability, which could be costly to defend and a distraction to our management and could result in significant liability.

We may not realize gains from our private equity investments.

We may make direct private equity investments in portfolio companies. In addition, when we invest in certain debt investments, we may acquire warrants to purchase equity securities. Our goal in such investments will be primarily to realize gains upon our disposition of such equity interests. However, our equity interests may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our private equity investments, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience. We also may be unable to realize any value if a company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell the underlying equity interests.

We will experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

We will experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, the interest rates payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses, variations in, and the timing of, our recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied on as being indicative of our performance in future periods.

29

We may focus our investments in companies in a particular industry or industries.

If we focus our investments in companies in a particular industry or industries, any adverse conditions that disproportionately impact that industry or industries may have a magnified adverse effect on our operating results.

We may from time to time enter into total return swaps or other derivative transactions which exposes it to certain risks, including credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

We may from time to time enter into total return swaps or other derivative transactions that seek to modify or replace the investment performance of a particular reference security or other asset. These transactions are typically individually negotiated, non-standardized agreements between two parties to exchange payments, with payments generally calculated by reference to a notional amount or quantity. Swap contracts and similar derivative contracts are not traded on exchanges; rather, banks and dealers act as principals in these markets. These investments may present risks in excess of those resulting from the referenced security or other asset. Because these transactions are not an acquisition of the referenced security or other asset itself, the investor has no right directly to enforce compliance with the terms of the referenced security or other asset and has no voting or other consensual rights of ownership with respect to the referenced security or other asset. In the event of insolvency of a counterparty, we will be treated as a general creditor of the counterparty and will have no claim of title with respect to the referenced security or other asset.

A total return swap is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the referenced security or other assets underlying the total return swap during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate.

A total return swap is subject to market risk, liquidity risk and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of the total return swap and the debt obligations underlying the total return swap. In addition, we may incur certain costs in connection with a total return swap that could in the aggregate be significant.

 A derivative transaction is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet its obligations to the counterparty. In some cases, we may post collateral to secure its obligations to the counterparty, and we may be required to post additional collateral upon the occurrence of certain events such as a decrease in the value of the reference security or other asset. In some cases, the counterparty may not collateralize any of its obligations to us.

Derivative investments effectively add leverage to a portfolio by providing investment exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. In addition to the risks described above, such arrangements are subject to risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.

Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.

Some of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these companies and to we as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.

Risks Relating to our Investments in CLOs

Our investments in CLOs may be riskier and less transparent to us and our stockholders than direct investments in the underlying companies.

If the Merger is completed, under our new investment strategy, we may invest up to 30% of our investment portfolio in CLOs, including private equity (both common and preferred), dividend-paying equity, royalties, and the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. Generally, there may be less information available to us regarding the underlying

30

debt investments held by CLOs than if we had invested directly in the debt of the underlying companies. As a result, our stockholders will not know the details of the underlying securities of the CLOs in which we will invest. Our investments in the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs are subject to the risk of leverage associated with the debt issued by such CLOs and the repayment priority of senior debt holders in such CLOs. Our investments in portfolio companies may be risky, and it could lose all or part of our investment.

Our financial results may be affected adversely if one or more of our significant equity or junior debt investments in a CLO vehicle defaults on our payment obligations or fails to perform as we expect.

If the Merger is completed, under the new investment strategy, we may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in private equity (both common and preferred), dividend-paying equity, royalties, and the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs, which involve a number of significant risks. CLOs are typically highly levered up to approximately 10 times, and therefore the junior debt and equity tranches that we will invest in are subject to a higher risk of total loss. We will generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and will generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or the entities that sponsored the CLOs. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying CLOs will rise or fall, these prices, and, therefore, the prices of the CLOs, will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally.

The investments we make in CLOs will generally be thinly traded or have only a limited trading market. CLO investments are typically privately offered and sold, in the primary and secondary markets. As a result, investments in CLOs may be characterized as illiquid securities. In addition to the general risks associated with investing in debt securities, CLOs carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from the underlying senior secured loans will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the underlying senior secured loans may decline in value or default; and (iii) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the CLO or unexpected investment results. Further, our investments in equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs would be subordinate to the senior debt tranches thereof.

Investments in structured vehicles, including equity and junior debt instruments issued by CLOs, involve risks, including credit risk and market risk. Changes in interest rates and credit quality may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the underlying senior secured loans held by a CLO may cause payments on the instruments we hold to be reduced, either temporarily or permanently. Structured investments, particularly the subordinated interests in which we invest, are less liquid than many other types of securities and may be more volatile than the senior secured loans underlying the CLOs in which we invest.

CLOs typically will have no significant assets other than their underlying senior secured loans; payments on CLO investments are and will be payable solely from the cash flows from such senior secured loans.

CLOs typically will have no significant assets other than their underlying senior secured loans. Accordingly, payments on CLO investments are and will be payable solely from the cash flows from such senior secured loans, net of all management fees and other expenses. Payments to us as a holder of CLO junior securities are and will be made only after payments due on the senior secured notes, and, where appropriate, the junior secured notes, have been made in full. This means that relatively small numbers of defaults of senior secured loans may adversely impact our return on our CLO investments.

Our CLO investments will be exposed to leveraged credit risk.

Generally, when we invest in CLOs, it will be in a subordinated position with respect to realized losses on the senior secured loans underlying our investments in the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. The leveraged nature of CLOs, in particular, magnifies the adverse impact of senior secured loan defaults. CLO investments represent a leveraged investment with respect to the underlying senior secured loans. Therefore, changes in the market value of the CLO investments could be greater than the change in the market value of the underlying senior secured loans, which are subject to credit, liquidity and interest rate risk.

31

There is the potential for interruption and deferral of cash flow from CLO investments.

If certain minimum collateral value ratios and/or interest coverage ratios are not met by a CLO, primarily due to senior secured loan defaults, then cash flow that otherwise would have been available to pay distributions to we on our investments in the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs may instead be used to redeem any senior notes or to purchase additional senior secured loans, until the ratios again exceed the minimum required levels or any senior notes are repaid in full. This could result in an elimination, reduction or deferral in the distribution and/or principal paid to the holders of the CLO investments, which would adversely impact our return on our CLO investments.

Investments in foreign securities may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

Our CLO investment strategy will allow investments in foreign CLOs. Investing in foreign entities may expose we to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. Further, we, and the CLOs in which it invests, may have difficulty enforcing creditor’s rights in foreign jurisdictions. In addition, the underlying companies of the CLOs in which we invest may be foreign, which may create greater exposure for us to foreign economic developments.

The payment of underlying portfolio manager fees and other charges on CLO investments could adversely impact our return on our CLO investments.

We may invest in CLO investments where the underlying portfolio securities may be subject to management, administration and incentive or performance fees, in addition to those payable by us. Payment of such additional fees could adversely impact the returns we achieve on our CLO investments.

The inability of a CLO collateral manager to reinvest the proceeds of the prepayment of senior secured loans may adversely affect us.

There can be no assurance that for any CLO investment, in the event that any of the senior secured loans of a CLO underlying such investment are prepaid, the CLO collateral manager will be able to reinvest such proceeds in new senior secured loans with equivalent investment returns. If the CLO collateral manager cannot reinvest in new senior secured loans with equivalent investment returns, the interest proceeds available to pay interest on the rated liabilities and investments may be adversely affected, which in turn could affect our return on such investment.

Our CLO investments may be subject to prepayments and calls, increasing re-investment risk.

Our CLO investments and/or the underlying senior secured loans may prepay more quickly than expected, which could have an adverse impact on their value. Prepayment rates are influenced by changes in interest rates and a variety of economic, geographic and other factors beyond our control and consequently cannot be predicted with certainty. In addition, for a CLO collateral manager there is often a strong incentive to refinance well performing portfolios once the senior tranches amortize. The yield to maturity of the investments will depend on the amount and timing of payments of principal on the loans and the price paid for the investments. Such yield may be adversely affected by a higher or lower than anticipated rate of prepayments of the debt.

Furthermore, our CLO investments generally will not contain optional call provisions, other than a call at the option of the holders of the equity tranches for the senior notes and the junior secured notes to be paid in full after the expiration of an initial period in the deal (referred to as the “non-call period”).

32

The exercise of the call option is by the relevant percentage (usually a majority) of the holders of the equity tranches and, therefore, where we do not hold the relevant percentage it will not be able to control the timing of the exercise of the call option. The equity tranches also generally have a call at any time based on certain tax event triggers. In any event, the call can only be exercised by the holders of equity tranches if they can demonstrate (in accordance with the detailed provisions in the transaction) that the senior notes and junior secured notes will be paid in full if the call is exercised.

Early prepayments and/or the exercise of a call option otherwise than at our request may also give rise to increased re-investment risk with respect to certain investments, as we may realize excess cash earlier than expected. If we are unable to reinvest such cash in a new investment with an expected rate of return at least equal to that of the investment repaid, this may reduce our net income and, consequently, could have an adverse impact on our ability to pay dividends.

We will have limited control of the administration and amendment of senior secured loans owned by the CLOs in which it invests.

The terms and conditions of target securities may be amended, modified or waived only by the agreement of the underlying security holders. Generally, any such agreement must include a majority or a super majority (measured by outstanding amounts) or, in certain circumstances, a unanimous vote of the security holders. Consequently, the terms and conditions of the payment obligation arising from the CLOs in which we invest be modified, amended or waived in a manner contrary to our preferences.

Senior secured loans of CLOs may be sold and replaced resulting in a loss to us. The senior secured loans underlying our CLO investments may be sold and replacement collateral purchased within the parameters set out in the relevant CLO indenture between the CLO and the CLO trustee and those parameters may typically only be amended, modified or waived by the agreement of a majority of the holders of the senior notes and/or the junior secured notes and/or the equity tranche once the CLO has been established. If these transactions result in a net loss, the magnitude of the loss from the perspective of the equity tranche would be increased by the leveraged nature of the investment.

We will have limited control of the administration and amendment of any CLO in which we invest.

We will not able to directly enforce any rights and remedies in the event of a default of a senior secured loan held by a CLO vehicle. In addition, the terms and conditions of the senior secured loans underlying our CLO investments may be amended, modified or waived only by the agreement of the underlying lenders. Generally, any such agreement must include a majority or a super majority (measured by outstanding loans or commitments) or, in certain circumstances, a unanimous vote of the lenders. Consequently, the terms and conditions of the payment obligations arising from senior secured loans could be modified, amended or waived in a manner contrary to our preferences.

We will have limited control of the administration and amendment of any CLO in which we invest.

The terms and conditions of target securities may be amended, modified or waived only by the agreement of the underlying security holders. Generally, any such agreement must include a majority or a super majority (measured by outstanding amounts) or, in certain circumstances, a unanimous vote of the security holders. Consequently, the terms and conditions of the payment obligation arising from the CLOs in which we invest may be modified, amended or waived in a manner contrary to our preferences.

Senior secured loans of CLOs may be sold and replaced resulting in a loss to us. The senior secured loans underlying our CLO investments may be sold and replacement collateral purchased within the parameters set out in the relevant CLO indenture between the CLO and the CLO trustee and those parameters may typically only be amended, modified or waived by the agreement of a majority of the holders of the senior notes and/or the junior secured notes and/or the equity tranche once the CLO has been established. If these transactions result in a net loss,

33

the magnitude of the loss from the perspective of the equity tranche would be increased by the leveraged nature of the investment.

Non-investment grade debt involves a greater risk of default and higher price volatility than investment grade debt.

The senior secured loans underlying our CLO investments are expected typically to be BB or B rated (non-investment grade, which are often referred to as “high-yield” or “junk”) and in limited circumstances, unrated, senior secured loans. Non-investment grade securities are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default and higher price volatility than investment grade debt.

We will have no influence on management of underlying investments managed by non-affiliated third party CLO collateral managers.

We will not be responsible for and will have no influence over the asset management of the portfolios underlying the CLO investments we will hold as those portfolios will be managed by non-affiliated third party CLO collateral managers. Similarly, we will not be responsible for and have no influence over the day-to-day management, administration or any other aspect of the issuers of the individual securities. As a result, the values of the portfolios underlying our CLO investments could decrease as a result of decisions made by third party CLO collateral managers.

The application of the risk retention rules under Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act to CLOs may have broader effects on the CLO and loan markets in general, potentially resulting in fewer or less desirable investment opportunities for us.

Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act added a provision to the Exchange Act, requiring the seller, sponsor or securitizer of a securitization vehicle to retain no less than five percent of the credit risk in assets it sells into a securitization and prohibiting such securitizer from directly or indirectly hedging or otherwise transferring the retained credit risk. The responsible federal agencies adopted final rules implementing these restrictions on October 22, 2014. The risk retention rules became effective with respect to CLOs two years after publication in the Federal Register. Under the final rules, the asset manager of a CLO is considered the sponsor of a securitization vehicle and is required to retain five percent of the credit risk in the CLO, which may be retained horizontally in the equity tranche of the CLO or vertically as a five percent interest in each tranche of the securities issued by the CLO. Although the final rules contain an exemption from such requirements for the asset manager of a CLO if, among other things, the originator or lead arranger of all of the loans acquired by the CLO retain such risk at the asset level and, at origination of such asset, takes a loan tranche of at least 20% of the aggregate principal balance, it is possible that the originators and lead arrangers of loans in this market will not agree to assume this risk or provide such retention at origination of the asset in a manner that would provide meaningful relief from the risk retention requirements for CLO managers.

We believe that the U.S. risk retention requirements imposed for CLO managers under Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act has created some uncertainty in the market in regard to future CLO issuance. Given that certain CLO managers may require capital provider partners to satisfy this requirement, we believe that this may create additional risks for us in the future.

On February 9, 2018, a panel of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit ruled (the “D.C. Circuit Ruling”) that the federal agencies exceeded their authority under the Dodd-Frank Act in adopting the final rules as applied to asset managers of open-market CLOs. On April 5, 2018, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia entered an order implementing the D.C. Circuit Ruling and thereby vacated the U.S. Risk Retention Rules insofar as they apply to CLO managers of “open market CLOs.”

As of the date of hereof, there has been no petition for writ of certiorari filed requesting the case to be heard by the United States Supreme Court. Since there hasn’t been a successful challenge to the D.C. Circuit Ruling and the

34

United States District Court for the District of Columbia has issued the above described order implementing the D.C. Circuit Ruling, collateral managers of open market CLOs are no longer required to comply with the U.S. Risk Retention Rules at this time. As such, it is possible that some collateral managers of open market CLOs will decide to dispose of the notes constituting the “eligible vertical interest” or “eligible horizontal interest” they were previously required to retain, or decide to take other action with respect to such notes that is not otherwise permitted by the U.S. risk retention rules. As a result of this decision, certain CLO managers of “open market CLOs” will no longer be required to comply with the U.S. risk retention rules solely because of their roles as managers of “open market CLOs,” and there may be no “sponsor” of such securitization transactions and no party may be required to acquire and retain an economic interest in the credit risk of the securitized assets of such transactions.

There can be no assurance or representation that any of the transactions, structures or arrangements currently under consideration by or currently used by CLO market participants will comply with the U.S. risk retention rules to the extent such rules are reinstated or otherwise become applicable to open market CLOs. The ultimate impact of the U.S. risk retention rules on the loan securitization market and the leveraged loan market generally remains uncertain, and any negative impact on secondary market liquidity for securities comprising a CLO may be experienced due to the effects of the U.S. risk retention rules on market expectations or uncertainty, the relative appeal of other investments not impacted by the U.S. risk retention rules and other factors.

Risks Relating to Economic Conditions

Future disruptions or instability in capital markets could negatively impact our ability to raise capital and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, the global capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability, which could materially and adversely impact the broader financial and credit markets and reduce the availability to us of debt and equity capital. For example, between 2008 and 2009, instability in the global capital markets resulted in disruptions in liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the repricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of major domestic and international financial institutions. In particular, the financial services sector was negatively impacted by significant write-offs as the value of the assets held by financial firms declined, impairing their capital positions and abilities to lend and invest. We believe that such value declines were exacerbated by widespread forced liquidations as leveraged holders of financial assets, faced with declining prices, were compelled to sell to meet margin requirements and maintain compliance with applicable capital standards. Such forced liquidations also impaired or eliminated many investors and investment vehicles, leading to a decline in the supply of capital for investment and depressed pricing levels for many assets. These events significantly diminished overall confidence in the debt and equity markets, engendered unprecedented declines in the values of certain assets, caused extreme economic uncertainty and significantly reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular. While market conditions have experienced relative stability in recent years, there have been continuing periods of volatility and there can be no assurance that adverse market conditions will not repeat themselves in the future.

Future volatility and dislocation in the capital markets could create a challenging environment in which to raise or access capital. For example, the re-appearance of market conditions similar to those experienced from 2008 through 2009 for any substantial length of time could make it difficult to extend the maturity of or refinance our existing indebtedness or obtain new indebtedness with similar terms. Significant changes or volatility in the capital markets may also have a negative effect on the valuations of our investments. While most of our investments will not be publicly traded, applicable accounting standards require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity) and impairments of the market values or fair market values of our investments, even if unrealized, must be reflected in our financial statements for the applicable period, which could result in significant reductions to our net asset value for the period. With certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts or issue debt securities if our asset coverage, as calculated pursuant to the Company Act, equals at least 200%. If the Merger is completed, our asset coverage ratio requirement will decrease from 200% to 150%. For a discussion of the risks involved with the reduction of our asset coverage requirement 150%, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Business Development Companies—Recent legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.”

35

Equity capital may also be difficult to raise during periods of adverse or volatile market conditions. Subject to some limited exceptions, as a BDC, we are generally not able to issue additional shares of our common stock at a price less than net asset value without first obtaining approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. If we are unable to raise capital or refinance existing debt on acceptable terms, then we may be limited in our ability to make new commitments or to fund existing commitments to our portfolio companies. Significant changes in the capital markets may also affect the pace of our investment activity and the potential for liquidity events involving our investments. Thus, the illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments to access capital if required, and as a result, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments if we were required to sell them for liquidity purposes.

Adverse economic conditions or increased competition for investment opportunities could delay deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.

Adverse economic conditions may make it difficult to find suitable investments promptly, efficiently or effectively in a manner that is most beneficial to our stockholders. Any delay in investment, or inability to find suitable investments, could adversely affect our performance, retard or reduce distributions and reduce our overall return to investors. We will compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds and mezzanine funds), as well as commercial banks and other traditional financial services companies and other sources of funding. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, increasingly make investments in small to mid-sized private U.S. companies. As a result, competition for investment opportunities in private U.S. companies is intense and may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring for portfolio companies than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure and, if we do, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of loss of capital. A significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the market for investments in private U.S. companies is underserved by traditional commercial banks and other financial sources. A significant increase in the number or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Further, many of our competitors have greater experience operating under, or are not subject to, the regulatory restrictions imposed on us as a BDC.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair a company in which we invest and harm our operating results.

Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. In that case, our non-performing assets are likely to increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our senior or second lien secured loans. A prolonged recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income, assets and net worth. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

Changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

Since we intend to use debt to finance investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. We expect that our long term fixed rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long term debt. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates when we have debt outstanding, our cost of funds will increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We may occasionally use interest rate risk management techniques,

36

primarily in highly volatile market conditions, in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, but we will not use such techniques as a means of enhancing our returns. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the Company Act. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, we have limited experience in entering into hedging transactions, and we will initially have to purchase or develop such expertise.

Future changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation at the local, state and federal level. New legislation may be enacted or new interpretations, rulings or regulations could be adopted, including those governing the types of investments we are permitted to make, any of which could harm us and our stockholders, potentially with retroactive effect.

Additionally, any changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations relating to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this prospectus and may result in our investment focus shifting from the areas of expertise of our Adviser to other types of investments in which our Adviser may have less expertise or little or no experience. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

Efforts to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may adversely affect us.

We are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. Under current SEC rules, our management will be required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations of the SEC. We will be required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, we expect to incur significant additional expenses in the near term, which may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to pay distributions. This process also will result in a diversion of management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations and we may not be able to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to maintain or achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations, we may be adversely affected.

Terrorist attacks, acts of war or natural disasters may affect any market for our common stock, impact the businesses in which we invest and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Terrorist acts, acts of war or natural disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to recent global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic or global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may negatively affect the businesses in which we invest directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.

Delays in the application of offering proceeds to our investment program may adversely affect our results.

To the extent that there are significant delays in the application of the initial or subsequent proceeds of our offering to our investment program, from time to time, due to market conditions, the relative lack of suitable investment

37

candidates or the time needed for transaction due diligence and execution, it will be more difficult to achieve our investment objectives and our returns may be adversely affected.

We are not obligated to complete a liquidity event by a specified date; therefore, it will be difficult for an investor to sell his or her common shares.

We intend to seek to complete a liquidity event for our stockholders within five to seven years following the completion of our offering period.  (We define the term “offering period” as the three-year period following the commencement of our follow-on offering, although we may, in our discretion, extend the term of the offering indefinitely.) However, because we may extend this offering indefinitely, the timing of any liquidity event is uncertain and may also be extended indefinitely. Accordingly, stockholders should consider that they may not have access to the money they invest for an indefinite period of time until we complete a liquidity event.  We may determine not to pursue a liquidity event if we believe that then-current market conditions are not favorable for a liquidity event, and that such conditions will improve in the future. A liquidity event could include (1) a listing of our common stock on a national securities exchange; (2) a merger or another transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders likely will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company, including potentially a company that is an affiliate of us or (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation. While our intention is to seek to complete a liquidity event within five to seven years following the completion of our offering period, there can be no assurance that a suitable transaction will be available or that market conditions for a liquidity event will be favorable during that timeframe. As such, there can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event at all.

Should we not be able to complete a liquidity event within seven years following the end of our offering, subject to the authority of the independent directors or the rights of the stockholders to postpone liquidation, we will cease to make investments in new portfolio companies and will begin the orderly liquidation of our assets (which may include allowing our debt securities to mature and disposing of our equity interests to the extent feasible.) However, upon the vote of a majority of stockholders eligible to vote at any stockholder meeting we may suspend the liquidation of the company for such time as the stockholders may agree or we may extend the date upon which we must cease to make investments in new portfolio companies and begin an orderly liquidation of our assets for up to three consecutive periods of 12 months each upon the vote of a majority of our independent directors.

In making a determination of what type of liquidity event is in the best interest of our stockholders, our board of directors, including our independent directors, may consider a variety of criteria, including, but not limited to, market conditions, portfolio diversification, portfolio performance, our financial condition, potential access to capital as a listed company, market conditions for the sale of our assets or listing of our common stock, internal management considerations and the potential for stockholder liquidity. If our shares are listed, we cannot assure you a public trading market will develop. Since a portion of the offering price from the sale of shares in our offering will be used to pay expenses and fees, the full offering price paid by stockholders will not be invested. As a result, even if we do complete a liquidity event, you may not receive a return of all of your invested capital.

Forced liquidation and being publicly listed may have adverse impact on the value of our common stock.

Because we intend to seek a liquidity event not more than seven years after completion of our offering, subject to the authority of the independent directors or the rights of the stockholders to postpone liquidation, we may be forced to seek a listing or a liquidation when market conditions are not favorable which may have an adverse impact on the value of our shares.

The trading price of our common stock, if we become listed, may fluctuate substantially. The price of our common stock that will prevail in the market in the future will depend on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. In fact, shares of publicly-traded closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value per share. If our shares are eventually listed on a national exchange, we would not be able to predict whether our common stock would trade above, at or below net asset value per share. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline.

38

You should also be aware that if a market for our stock is established, the potential volatility of our stock price may make us more susceptible to securities litigation, as other publicly-traded entities have experienced. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Our Dealer Manager may be unable to sell a sufficient number of shares for us to achieve our investment objectives.

The success of our offering, and correspondingly our ability to implement our business strategy, is dependent upon the ability of our Dealer Manager to establish and maintain a network of licensed securities brokers-dealers and other agents. There is therefore no assurance that it will be able to sell a sufficient number of shares to allow us to have adequate funds to construct a portfolio of a sufficiently broad array of assets. If our Dealer Manager fails to perform, we may not be able to raise adequate proceeds through our offering to implement our investment strategy. As a result, we may be unable to achieve our investment objectives, and you could lose some or all of the value of your investment.

Although we have offered to repurchase your shares on a quarterly basis through our share repurchase program, the terms of any such repurchases will be limited. As a result, you will have limited opportunities to sell your shares.

Beginning with the second quarter of 2016, we commenced offers to allow you to submit your shares on a quarterly basis for repurchase pursuant to our share repurchase program at a price equal to the net offering price in effect as of the date of such repurchase. However, the share repurchase program will include numerous restrictions that limit your ability to sell your shares. We intend to limit the number of shares repurchased pursuant to our proposed share repurchase program as follows: (1) we currently intend to limit the number of shares repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares we can repurchase with the proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan (at the discretion of our board of directors, we may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares); (2) we do not expect to repurchase shares in any calendar year in excess of 10% of the weighted average number of shares outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in any quarter; and (3) to the extent that the number of shares submitted to us for repurchase exceeds the number of shares that we are able to purchase, we will repurchase shares on a pro rata basis, not on a first-come, first-served basis. Our assets may be depleted to fulfill repurchases under our share repurchase program.

We will have no obligation to repurchase shares if the repurchase would violate applicable restrictions on distributions under federal or Maryland law that prohibit distributions that would cause a corporation to fail to meet statutory tests of solvency. These limits may prevent us from accommodating all repurchase requests made in any year. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program upon 30 days’ notice. We will notify you of such developments (1) in our quarterly reports or (2) by means of a separate mailing to you, accompanied by disclosure in a current or periodic report under the Exchange Act. During our offering, we will also include this information in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement, as then required under federal securities laws. In addition, although we have adopted a share repurchase program, we have discretion to not repurchase your shares, to suspend the plan, and to cease repurchases. Further, the plan has many limitations and should not be relied upon as a method to sell shares promptly and at a desired price.

The timing of our share repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program may be at a time that is disadvantageous to our stockholders.

When we make quarterly repurchase offers pursuant to the share repurchase program, we may offer to repurchase shares at a price that is lower than the price you paid for shares in our offering. As a result, to the extent you have the ability to sell your shares to us as part of our share repurchase program, the price at which you may sell your shares, which we expect to be the net offering price in effect as of the date of such repurchase, may be lower than what you paid in connection with your purchase of shares in our offering.

39

In addition, if you choose to participate in our share repurchase program, you will be required to provide us with notice of your intent to participate prior to knowing what the net asset value per share will be on the repurchase date. Although you will have the ability to withdraw your repurchase request prior to the repurchase date, to the extent you seek to sell your shares to us as part of our periodic share repurchase program, you will be required to do so without knowledge of what the repurchase price of our shares will be on the repurchase date.

We may be unable to invest a significant portion of the net proceeds of our offering on acceptable terms in the timeframe contemplated by our prospectus.

Delays in investing the net proceeds of our offering may impair our performance. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify any investments that meet our investment objectives or that any investment that we make will produce a positive return. We may be unable to invest the net proceeds of our offering on acceptable terms within the time period that we anticipate or at all, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

In addition, even if we are able to raise significant proceeds in our offering, we will not be permitted to use such proceeds to co-invest with certain entities affiliated with our Adviser in transactions originated by our Adviser unless we first obtain an exemptive order from the SEC and receive approval from our independent directors. We have applied for an exemptive order, and the SEC has granted exemptive relief for co-investments to other BDCs in the past. However, there can be no assurance that we will obtain such relief.

We anticipate that, depending on market conditions, it may take us several months to invest the proceeds of our offering in securities meeting our investment objectives and providing sufficient diversification of our portfolio. During this period, we will invest the net proceeds of our offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which may produce returns that are significantly lower than the returns which we expect to achieve when our portfolio is fully invested in securities meeting our investment objectives. As a result, any distributions that we pay during this period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we may be able to pay when our portfolio is fully invested in securities meeting our investment objectives.

Your interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional shares, which could reduce the overall value of your investment.

Potential investors in our offering do not have preemptive rights to any shares we issue in the future. Pursuant to our charter, a majority of our entire board of directors may amend our charter to increase the number of our authorized shares of stock without stockholder approval. After your purchase in our offering, our board may elect to sell additional shares in this or future public offerings, issue equity interests in private offerings or issue share-based awards to our independent directors or to employees of our Adviser or Administrator. To the extent we issue additional equity interests after your purchase in our offering, your percentage ownership interest in us will be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, you may also experience dilution in the book value and fair value of your shares.

Our Distribution Reinvestment Plan will dilute the interest of those who do not opt-in.

We currently have a distribution reinvestment plan that requires participants to opt-in to re-invest distributions paid. For those investors who do not opt in to the distribution reinvestment plan their interest in us will be diluted over time, relative to those investors who do opt-in to have their distributions used to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

We may issue preferred stock as a means to access additional capital, which could adversely affect common stockholders and subject us to specific regulation under the Company Act.

We may issue preferred stock as a means to increase flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions. However, preferred stock has rights and preferences that would adversely affect the holders of common stock, including preferences as to cash distributions and preferences upon the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

40

As well, every issuance of preferred stock will be required to comply with the requirements of the Company Act. The Company Act requires, among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if distributions on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Certain matters under the Company Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock.

Certain provisions of our charter and bylaws as well as provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the value of our common stock.

Our charter and bylaws, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire us. Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, “control shares” acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares owned by the acquirer, by officers or by employees who are directors of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Acquisition Act under the Maryland General Corporation Law any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. Our board of directors may amend the bylaws to remove that exemption in whole or in part without stockholder approval if our board of directors determines that removing that exemption is in our best interest and the best interests of our stockholders. The Control Share Acquisition Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to that Act) may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer. Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, specified “business combinations,” including certain mergers, consolidations, issuances of equity securities and other transactions, between a Maryland corporation and any person who owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock, and certain other parties, (each an “interested stockholder”), or an affiliate of the interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Thereafter any of the specified business combinations must be approved by a super majority vote of the stockholders unless, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price for their shares. See “Description of Our Securities—Business Combinations.”

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, certain statutory provisions permit a corporation that is subject to the Exchange Act and that has at least three outside directors to be subject to certain corporate governance provisions that may be inconsistent with the corporation’s charter and bylaws. Among other provisions, a board of directors may classify itself without the vote of stockholders. Further, the board of directors, by electing into certain statutory provisions and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, may (i) provide that a special meeting of stockholders will be called only at the request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting, (ii) reserve for itself the right to fix the number of directors, and (iii) retain for itself the exclusive power to fill vacancies created by the death, removal or resignation of a director and (iv) require the approval of two-thirds of votes entitled to be cast in the election of the directors in order to remove a director. Our board of directors has already elected to be subject to the statutory provision providing that our board of directors has the sole power to fill any vacancy, and unrelated to these statutory provisions, our charter and bylaws already provide that its board of directors has the sole power to set the size of its board of directors. A corporation may be prohibited by its charter or by resolution of its board of directors from electing any of the provisions of the statute. We are not prohibited from implementing any or all of the remaining provisions of the statute

Additionally, our board of directors may, without stockholder action, authorize the issuance of shares of stock in one or more classes or series, including preferred stock; and our board of directors may, without stockholder action, amend our charter to increase the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change of control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the value of our common stock.

41

Risks Related to Debt Financing

If we borrow money, which we currently intend to do, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in our common stock will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in our common stock.

The use of borrowings and other types of financing, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increase the risks associated with investing in our shares. If we use leverage to partially finance our investments, through borrowing from banks and other lenders we, and therefore you, will experience increased risks of investing in our common stock. Any lenders and debt holders would have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our stockholders. If the value of our assets increases, then leverage would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net investment income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net investment income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions to stockholders. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. In addition, the decision to utilize leverage will increase our assets and, as a result, will increase the amount of base management fees payable to or Adviser.

If we use borrowed funds to make investments, it will expose us to risks typically associated with leverage.

We may borrow money or incur debt to leverage our capital structure. As a result:

	shares of our common stock would be exposed to incremental risk of loss; therefore, a decrease in the value of our investments would have a greater negative impact on the value of our common stock than if it did not use leverage;
	any depreciation in the value of our assets may magnify losses associated with an investment and could totally eliminate the value of an asset to we;
	if we do not appropriately match the assets and liabilities of our business and interest or dividend rates on such assets and liabilities, adverse changes in interest rates could reduce or eliminate the incremental income we make with the proceeds of any leverage;
	our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be restricted if our asset coverage ratio, as provided in the Company Act, is not at least 150%, and any amounts used to service indebtedness would not be available for such dividends;
	any credit facility we may enter into would be subject to periodic renewal by our lenders, whose continued participation cannot be guaranteed;

any credit facility we may enter into may include covenants restricting our operating flexibility or affecting our investment or operating policies, and may require us to pledge assets or provide other security for such indebtedness; and

42

we, and indirectly our stockholders, will bear the entire cost of issuing and paying interest on any debt.

If we enter into and subsequently defaults under any credit facility or are unable to amend, repay or refinance any such facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, we may suffer material adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we enter into a credit facility, a significant portion of our assets may be pledged as collateral under such credit facility. In the event that we default under such a credit facility or any other future borrowing facility, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell all or a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support covenants and working capital requirements under any credit or borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Following any such default, the agent for the lenders under any such credit or borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, if the lender exercises our right to sell the assets pledged under a credit facility, such sales may be completed at distressed sale prices, thereby diminishing or potentially eliminating the amount of cash available to us after repayment of our outstanding borrowings. Moreover, such deleveraging of us could significantly impair our ability to effectively operate our business in the manner in which we expect. As a result, we could be forced to curtail or cease new investment activities and lower or eliminate any dividends that it may pay to our stockholders.

Incurring leverage creates conflicts of interests for our investment adviser.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the base management fee payable to the Adviser is based on our average total assets (including amounts borrowed for investment purposes). Consequently, the Adviser or New Adviser may benefit when we incur additional debt or increases the use of leverage to acquire additional assets. This fee structure may encourage the Adviser (or New Adviser) to cause us to borrow more money to finance additional investments. In addition, under the New Investment Advisory Agreement, the New Adviser will receive an income incentive fee based on our performance. As a result, the New Adviser could be encouraged to use additional leverage or take additional risk to increase the return on our investments.

Risks Related to Business Development Companies

The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a BDC.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation” below. Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets. Conversely, if we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and result of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in companies in which we have invested, which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time in order to comply with the Company Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments. Further, any failure by us to comply with the requirements imposed on BDCs by the Company Act could cause the SEC to bring an enforcement action against us or expose us to the claims of private litigants. In addition, if approved by a majority of our stockholders, we may elect to withdraw our status as a BDC. If we withdraw our election or otherwise fail to qualify, or maintain our qualification, as a BDC, we may be subject to

43

substantially greater regulation under the Company Act as a closed-end investment company. Compliance with such regulations would significantly decrease our operating flexibility and could significantly increase our operating costs.

Recent legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

The Company Act generally prohibits us from incurring indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). However, recent legislation has modified the Company Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. Under the legislation, we are allowed to increase our leverage capacity if stockholders representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so.

If the Merger is completed, our asset coverage ratio requirement will decrease from 200% to 150%, which will apply to the Company the day immediately after the 2019 Annual Meeting. As a result, we will be required to make certain disclosures on our website and in SEC filings regarding, among other things, the receipt of approval to increase our leverage, our leverage capacity and usage, and risks related to leverage. As a non-traded BDC, we will also be required to offer to repurchase our outstanding shares at the rate of 25% per quarter over four calendar quarters. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings, cash available from the issuance of new shares and cash from the sale of our investments to fund the aggregate purchase price payable as a result of the repurchase offer. Payment for shares may require us to liquidate our portfolio holdings earlier than our Adviser would otherwise have caused these holdings to be liquidated. In such an event, we may be forced to sell assets at significantly depressed prices due to market conditions or otherwise, which may result in losses.

Leverage magnifies the potential for loss on investments in our indebtedness and on invested equity capital. As we use leverage to partially finance our investments, you will experience increased risks of investing in our securities. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged our business. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net investment income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net investment income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to pay common stock dividends, scheduled debt payments or other payments related to our securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. See “Risks Related to Debt Financing.”

Federal Income Tax Risks

We cannot predict how tax reform legislation will affect us, our investments, or our stockholders, and any such legislation could adversely affect our business. 

Legislative or other actions relating to taxes could have a negative effect on us. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department. In December 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives and U.S. Senate passed tax reform legislation, which the President signed into law. Such legislation has made many changes to the Code, including significant changes to the taxation of business entities, the deductibility of interest expense, and the tax treatment of capital investment. We cannot predict with certainty how any changes in the tax laws might affect us, our stockholders, or our portfolio investments. New legislation and any U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions interpreting such legislation could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to us and our stockholders of such qualification, or could have other adverse consequences. Stockholders are urged to consult with

44

their tax advisor regarding tax legislative, regulatory, or administrative developments and proposals and their potential effect on an investment in our securities.

We may be subject to certain corporate-level taxes regardless of whether we continue to qualify as a RIC.

To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet the following annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gain in excess of realized net long-term capital loss, if any. We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any of our undistributed income or gain. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the Company Act and may in the future become subject to certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

The source-of-income requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our gross income for each year from distributions, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources.

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. To satisfy this requirement, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities; if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly-traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. We may also be subject to certain U.S. federal excise taxes, as well as state, local and foreign taxes.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, or issued with warrants, or, in certain cases, with increasing interest rates), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discounts and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes.

45

Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax. For additional discussion regarding the tax implications of a RIC, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company.”

You may receive shares of our common stock as distributions, which could result in adverse tax consequences to you.

In order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement applicable to RICs, we may have the ability to declare a portion of a distribution in shares of our common stock instead of in cash. As long as a portion of such distribution is paid in cash (which portion can be as low as 10% for our taxable years ending on or before December 31) and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the portion of the distribution payable in cash is less than the total amount of cash payable to all stockholders electing to receive the distribution in cash, the amount of cash available for distribution will be pro-rated among all stockholders and the remaining portion of the distribution would be paid in shares of our common stock. As a result, a stockholder would be taxed on the entire distribution in the same manner as a cash distribution, even though all or a portion of the distribution was paid in shares of our common stock.

You may have current tax liability on distributions you elect to reinvest in our common stock but would not receive cash from such distributions to pay such tax liability.

If you participate in our distribution reinvestment plan, you will be deemed to have received, and for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be taxed on, the amount reinvested in our common stock to the extent the amount reinvested was not a tax-free return of capital. As a result, unless you are a tax-exempt entity, you may have to use funds from other sources to pay your tax liability on the value of our common stock received from the distribution.

If we do not qualify as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, you will be taxed as though you received a distribution of some of our expenses.

A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a regulated investment company whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. If we are not a publicly offered regulated investment company for any period, a non-corporate stockholder’s pro rata portion of our affected expenses, including our management fees, will be treated as an additional distribution to the stockholder and will be deductible by such stockholder only to the extent permitted under the limitations described below. For non-corporate stockholders, including individuals, trusts, and estates, significant limitations generally apply to the deductibility of certain expenses of a non-publicly offered regulated investment company, including advisory fees. In particular, these expenses, referred to as miscellaneous itemized deductions, are deductible to an individual only to the extent they exceed 2% of such a stockholder’s adjusted gross income, and are not deductible for alternative minimum tax purposes. While we anticipate that we will constitute a publicly offered regulated investment company after our first tax year, there can be no assurance that we will in fact so qualify for any of our taxable years.

Our investments in CLO vehicles may be subject to special anti-deferral provisions that could result in us incurring tax or recognizing income prior to receiving cash distributions related to such income.

The CLO vehicles in which we will invest generally will constitute PFICs. Because we will acquire investments in PFICs (including equity tranche investments in CLO vehicles that are PFICs), we may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such investments even if such

46

income is distributed as a taxable dividend by we to our stockholders. Certain elections may be available to mitigate or eliminate such tax on excess distributions, but such elections (if available) will generally require us to recognize our share of the PFIC’s income for each year regardless of whether we receive any distributions from such PFIC. We must nonetheless distribute such income to maintain our status as a RIC. If we hold more than 10% of the shares in a foreign corporation that is treated as a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) (including equity tranche investments in a CLO vehicle treated as a CFC), we may be treated as receiving a deemed distribution (taxable as ordinary income) each year from such foreign corporation in an amount equal to our pro rata share of the corporation’s income for the tax year (including both ordinary earnings and capital gains). If we are required to include such deemed distributions from a CFC in our income, it will be required to distribute such income to maintain our RIC tax treatment regardless of whether or not the CFC makes an actual distribution during such year.

If we are required to include amounts in income prior to receiving distributions representing such income, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices it would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax. For additional discussion regarding the tax implications of a RIC, see “Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

If a CLO vehicle in which we invest fails to comply with certain U.S. tax disclosure requirements, such CLO may be subject to withholding requirements that could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

Legislation commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA,” imposes a withholding tax of 30% on payments of U.S. source interest and dividends, or gross proceeds from the disposition of an instrument that produces U.S. source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2018, to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain non-U.S. financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding our United States account holders and our United States owners. Most CLO vehicles in which we invest will be treated as non-U.S. financial entities for this purpose, and therefore will be required to comply with these reporting requirements to avoid the 30% withholding. If a CLO vehicle in which we invest fails to properly comply with these reporting requirements, it could reduce the amounts available to distribute to equity and junior debt holders in such CLO vehicle, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

If we do not receive timely distributions from our CLO investments, we could have difficulty qualifying as a RIC.

As discussed above, we are required to include in our taxable income our proportionate share of the income of certain CLO investments to the extent that such CLOs are PFICs for which we have made a qualifying electing fund, or “QEF” election or are CFCs. To the extent that such CLOs fail to distribute their earnings and profits each year, we may have difficulty qualifying as a RIC. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other thing, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from certain sources specified in the Code, or the “90% Income Test.” Although the Code generally provides that the income inclusions from a QEF or a CFC will be “good income” for purposes of this 90% Income Test to the extent that the QEF or the CFC distribute such income to we in the same taxable year to which the income is included in our income, the Code does not specifically provide whether these income inclusions would be “good income” for this 90% Income Test if we do not receive distributions from the QEF or CFC during such taxable year. The IRS has issued a series of private rulings in which it has concluded that all income inclusions from a QEF or a CFC included in a RIC’s gross income would constitute “good income” for purposes of the 90% Income Test. Such rulings are not binding on the IRS except with respect to the taxpayers to whom such rulings were issued. Although we believe that the income inclusions from a CLO that is a QEF or a CFC would be “good income” for purposes of the 90% Income Test whether or not such income is distributed in the same year, recently, the IRS and U.S. Treasury Department issued proposed regulations that provide that the income inclusions from a QEF or a CFC would not be good income for purposes of the 90% Income Test unless we receive a cash distribution from such entity in the same year attributable to the included income. If such income were not considered “good income” for purposes of the 90% Income Test, we may have difficulty qualifying as a RIC if the CLOs in which it invests do distribute such income each year.

47

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

There are no unresolved comments at this time. 

Item 2. Properties

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. We believe that the office facilities of the Advisor are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

None of us, our Advisors or our Administrator, is currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us, or against our Advisors or Administrator. From time to time, we, our Advisors or Administrator may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of, or incidental to the normal course of, our business, including the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. While we cannot predict the outcome of these legal proceedings with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

48

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

There is no established public trading market for our common stock, and we do not expect one to develop. Therefore, there is a risk that a shareholder may not be able to sell our stock at a time or price acceptable to the shareholder, or at all.

Continuous Public Offering of Common Stock

We are currently selling our shares of common stock on a continuous basis. On June 14, 2011, our company filed our Registration Statement with the SEC to register our Offering. The Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC on September 4, 2012 and our company commenced its initial Offering. Our initial offering terminated on March 1, 2016 and we commenced the follow-on offering of our shares on March 17, 2016.

In our ongoing follow-on offering, we are currently offering at an offering price of $12.21 per share. However, if our net asset value increases, our offering price will be adjusted to ensure that shares are not sold at a price per share, after deduction of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share. Therefore, persons who subscribe for shares of our common stock in our offering must submit subscriptions for a certain dollar amount, rather than a number of shares of common stock and, as a result, may receive fractional shares of our common stock. In connection with each closing of sales of our shares in our offering, our board of directors or a committee thereof is required within 48 hours of the time of such closing, to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price which, after deducting the sales load, is below our then current net asset value per share. The board of directors or a committee thereof will consider the following factors, among others, in making such determination:

● The net asset value per share of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report we filed with the SEC;

● Our management’s assessment of whether any material change in our net asset value per share has occurred (including through the realization of net gains on the sale of our portfolio investments) from the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value per share to the period ending two days prior to the date of the closing; and

● The magnitude of the difference between the net asset value per share disclosed in the most recent periodic report we filed with the SEC and our management’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value per share since the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value per share, and the offering price of the shares of our common stock at the date of closing.

Importantly, this determination does not require that we calculate net asset value per share in connection with each closing and sale of shares of our common stock, but instead it involves the determination by the board of directors or a committee thereof that, at the time at which the closing and sale is made, we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price which, after deducting the sales load, is materially below the then current net asset value per share.

Moreover, to the extent that there is even a remote possibility that we may (i) issue shares of our common stock at a price which, after deducting the sales load, is materially below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock at the time at which the closing and sale is made or (ii) trigger the undertaking (which we provided to the SEC in the registration statement to which this prospectus is a part) to suspend the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus if our net asset value per share fluctuates by certain amounts in certain circumstances until the prospectus is amended, our board of directors or a committee thereof will elect, in the case of clause (i) above, either to postpone the closing until such time that there is no longer the possibility of the occurrence of such event or to undertake to determine net asset value per share within two days prior to any such sale to ensure that such sale will not be at a price which, after deducting the sales load, is materially below our then current net asset value per share, and, in the case of clause (ii) above, to comply with such undertaking or to undertake to determine net asset value per share to ensure that such undertaking has not been triggered.

49

As of December 31, 2018, 1,598,577.90 shares were outstanding, 17,126.28 of which are held by our Adviser, Triton Pacific Adviser. Set forth below is a chart that presents the use of proceeds from the Offering since we commenced our Offering on September 4, 2012.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2018					2017					2016					2015					2014
	Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount
Gross proceeds from Offering		158,266.54	$	2,080,405			440,963.13	$	6,385,593			444,847.84	$	6,683,706			296,713.69	$	4,404,003			214,659.24	$	3,144,219
Reinvestment of Distributions		29,466.05		346,702			22,461.05		291,697			15,548.74		215,591			6,790		96,756			-		-
Commissions and Dealer Manager Fees				(199,991	)				(606,188	)				(581,515	)		-		(398,363	)		-		(246,272	)
Net Proceeds to Company from Share Transactions		187,732.59	$	2,227,116			463,424.18	$	6,071,102			460,396.58	$	6,317,782			303,503.55	$	4,102,396			214,659.24	$	2,897,947

Holders

Set forth below is a chart describing the single class of our securities outstanding as of March 29, 2019:

Title of Class	Amount Authorized		Amount Held by Us or for Our Account		Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amount Under Column 3
Class A Common Stock		37,500,000		—		1,614,220.76
Class T Common Stock		37,500,000		—		—

As of March 29, 2019, we had 727 record holders of our common stock. No shares of our common stock have been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plan. Effective March 2, 2016, all shares of our common stock issued and outstanding at that time were automatically converted into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock.

Repurchase Program

The Company intends to continue to conduct quarterly tender offers pursuant to its share repurchase program. The Company’s board of directors will consider the following factors, among others, in making its determination regarding whether to cause the Company to offer to repurchase shares of common stock and under what terms:

● the effect of such repurchases on the Company’s qualification as a RIC (including the consequences of any necessary asset sales);

● the liquidity of the Company’s assets (including fees and costs associated with disposing of assets);

● the Company’s investment plans and working capital requirements;

● the relative economies of scale with respect to the Company’s size;

● the Company’s history in repurchasing shares of common stock or portions thereof; and

● the condition of the securities markets.

The Company currently intends to limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares of common stock it can repurchase with the proceeds it receives from the issuance of shares of common stock under its distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of the Company’s board of directors, the Company may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from the liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares of common stock. In addition, the Company will limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased in any calendar year to 10% of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in each calendar quarter, though the actual number of shares of common stock that the Company offers to repurchase may be less in light of the limitations noted above.

Our board of directors reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to limit the number of shares to be repurchased for each class by applying the limitations on the number of shares to be repurchased, noted above, on a per class basis. We further anticipate that we will offer to repurchase such shares on each date of repurchase at a price equal to 90% of the current offering price on each date of repurchase. If the amount of repurchase requests exceeds the number of shares we seek to repurchase, we will repurchase shares on a pro-rata basis. As a result, we

50

may repurchase less than the full amount of shares that stockholders submit for repurchase. If we do not repurchase the full amount of the shares that stockholders have requested to be repurchased, or we determine not to make repurchases of our shares, stockholders may not be able to dispose of their shares. Any periodic repurchase offers will be subject in part to our available cash and compliance with the Company Act.

The following table provides information concerning the Company’s repurchase of shares of common stock during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (no repurchases prior to fiscal year 2016):

For the Three Months Ended	Repurchase Date	Shares Repurchased		Percentage of Shares Tendered That Were Repurchased	Average Price Paid per Share		Aggregate Consideration for Repurchased Shares
Fiscal 2018
March 31, 2018	March 28, 2018		6,388.01	11%	$	12.11	$	77,359
Total			6,388.01	11%		12.11		77,359
Fiscal 2017
March 31, 2017	January 20, 2017		8,482.60	27%	$	13.87	$	117,654
June 30, 2017	May 12, 2017		1,936.81	6%		13.55		26,244
September 30, 2017	September 25, 2017		5,968.22	9%		12.30		73,409
December 31, 2017	December 22,2017		6,212.40	10%		12.11		75,232
Total			22,600.03	12%		12.94		292,539
Fiscal 2016
September 30, 2016	July 15, 2016		8,482.60	50%	$	13.80	$	117,060
December 31, 2016	October 14, 2016		8,482.60	48%		13.80		117,060
Total			16,965.20	49%	$	13.80	$	234,120

Special Repurchase Offer

At our 2019 Annual Meeting, our stockholders will be asked to approve a proposal allowing us to modify our asset coverage ratio requirement from 200% to 150%. If this proposal is approved, because our securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, pursuant to the requirements of the SBCA we are required to conduct four special repurchase offers that, taken together, will allow all of the Eligible Stockholders (stockholders as of the date of the 2019 Annual Meeting) to have those shares that such Eligible Stockholders held as of that date to be repurchased by us. PWAY stockholders who became our stockholders in connection with the Merger will not be eligible to participate in these special repurchase offers. In addition, shares of our common stock acquired after the date of the 2019 Annual Meeting will not be eligible for repurchase in these special repurchase offers. These special repurchase offer will be separate and apart from our share repurchase program discussed above.

The special repurchase offer will consist of four quarterly tender offers, with the first occurring in the second fiscal quarter of 2019 and the remainder occurring in each of the following three fiscal quarters.  Each of the four tender offers that is part of the special repurchase offer will allow the Eligible Stockholders to tender for repurchase up to 25% of their shares held as of the date of the 2019 Annual Meeting.  The repurchase price for any shares tendered during the special repurchase offer will be equal to the net asset value per share of our common stock as of the date of each such repurchase.   

In connection with each tender offer that is part of the special repurchase offer, we plan to provide notice to all Eligible Stockholders describing the terms of the special repurchase offer and other information such Eligible Stockholders should consider in deciding whether to tender their shares to us in the special repurchase offer.

The payment for the eligible shares that are tendered in each special repurchase offer is expected to be paid promptly at the end of the applicable special repurchase offer in accordance with the Company Act. At the discretion of our board of directors, we may use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings, cash available from the issuance of new shares of our common stock and cash from the sale of our investments to fund the aggregate purchase price payable as a result of any special repurchase offer. If substantial numbers of the Eligible Stockholders take advantage of this opportunity, it could significantly decrease our asset size, require us to sell our investments earlier than our Adviser would have otherwise desired, which may result in selling investments at

51

inopportune times or significantly depressed prices and/or at losses, or cause us to incur additional leverage solely to meet repurchase requests.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

There were no sales of unregistered securities in the year ended December 31, 2018.

Distributions

On January 15, 2015, our board of directors declared a quarterly cash distribution for the fourth quarter of 2014 of $0.07545 per share payable on January 30, 2015, to stockholders of record as of January 20, 2015. In addition, on April 2, 2015, our board of directors declared a cash distribution for the first quarter of 2015 of $0.116 per share payable on April 13, 2015, to stockholders of record as of April 6, 2015. Commencing in April 2015, and subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, our board of directors began to authorize and declare a monthly distribution amount per share of our common stock, payable in advance. We will then calculate each stockholder’s specific distribution amount for the month using record and declaration dates, and your distributions will begin to accrue on the date we accept your subscription for shares of our common stock. To date, we have paid monthly distributions as follows (all distributions to date have been to Class A Shares):

52

	Distribution
Fiscal 2018	Per Share		Amount
January 29, 2018	$	0.03370		47,908
February 28, 2018	$	0.03370		49,067
March 28, 2018	$	0.03370		49,752
April 26, 2018	$	0.03370		50,700
May 29, 2018	$	0.03370		51,014
June 27, 2018	$	0.03370		51,096
July 27, 2018	$	0.03370		51,473
August 27, 2018	$	0.03370		52,453
September 25, 2018	$	0.03370		52,802
October 25, 2018	$	0.03370		53,116
November 23, 2018	$	0.03370		53,352
December 26, 2018	$	0.03370		53,782
Fiscal 2017
January 27, 2017	$	0.04000		39,407
February 24, 2017	$	0.04000		41,323
March 23, 2017	$	0.04000		42,513
April 27, 2017	$	0.04000		44,526
May 25, 2017	$	0.04000		46,364
June 23, 2017	$	0.04000		47,861
July 21, 2017	$	0.04000		48,678
August 29, 2017	$	0.03417		44,767
September 28, 2017	$	0.03417		45,500
October 26, 2017	$	0.03417		46,109
November 27, 2017	$	0.03370		46,685
December 26, 2017	$	0.03370		47,326
Fiscal 2016
January 22, 2016	$	0.04500	$	25,244
February 16, 2016	$	0.04500	$	26,477
March 23, 2016	$	0.04500	$	30,271
April 21, 2016	$	0.04500	$	32,832
May 19, 2016	$	0.04500	$	34,950
June 23, 2016	$	0.04500	$	36,206
July 21, 2016	$	0.04000	$	32,318
August 25, 2016	$	0.04000	$	33,293
September 22, 2016	$	0.04000	$	33,877
October 20, 2016	$	0.04000	$	35,164
November 18, 2016	$	0.04000	$	37,327
December 20, 2016	$	0.04000	$	38,091

The per share amount of distributions on Class A and Class T shares will likely differ because of different allocations of class-specific expenses. For example, distributions on Class T shares will likely be lower than on Class A shares because Class T shares are subject to an annual distribution fee for a period of time. From time to time, we may also pay special interim distributions in the form of cash or shares of our common stock at the discretion of our board of directors. For example, our board of directors may periodically declare stock distributions in order to reduce the net asset value per share of a share class if necessary to ensure that we do not sell shares of the applicable class at a price per share, after deducting upfront selling commissions, if any, that is below the net asset value per share of the applicable class. The timing and amount of any future distributions to stockholders will be subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of our board of directors.

We may fund our cash distributions to stockholders from any sources of funds legally available to us, including offering proceeds, borrowings, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, dividends or other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and expense reimbursements from our Adviser. We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from available sources to make distributions. To date, all distributions have been funded solely from net investment income from operations and capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets.

53

It is possible that a portion of the distributions we make will represent a return of capital. A return of capital generally is a return of stockholders’ investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities and will be made after deducting the fees and expenses payable in connection with our continuous public offering, including any fees payable to our Adviser. Moreover, a return of capital will generally not be taxable, but will reduce each stockholder’s cost basis in our common stock, and will result in a higher reported capital gain or lower reported capital loss when the common stock on which such return of capital was received is sold. Stockholders will be notified of the sources of our distributions (i.e., paid from ordinary income, paid from net capital gains on the sale of securities, and/or a return of capital). See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

We intend to make our regular distributions in the form of cash, out of assets legally available for distribution, unless stockholders elect to receive their distributions in additional shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan. Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state, and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, stockholders who elect to participate in our distribution reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes. Stockholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares of common stock will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of our shares of common stock. If stockholders hold shares in the name of a broker or financial intermediary, they should contact such broker or financial intermediary regarding their option to elect to receive distributions in additional shares of our common stock under our distribution reinvestment plan in lieu of cash.

To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gain in excess of realized net long-term capital loss, if any. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute, or be deemed to distribute, during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98% of our capital gain in excess of capital loss for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any net ordinary income and net capital gain for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no U.S. federal excise tax. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from paying distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the Company Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

We have adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we make a distribution, then stockholders will receive distributions in cash unless they specifically “opt in” to the distribution reinvestment plan so as to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.

We intend to use newly issued shares to implement the plan. The number of shares we will issue to you is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to you by a price equal to the net offering price in effect that shares of the class are sold in the offering on such closing date, or if there is then no current offering, the most recent net asset value per share of the class of the Company’s shares as determined by our board of directors.

There will be no sales load or other sales charges to you if you elect to participate in the distribution reinvestment plan. We will pay our Administrator’s fees for its services with respect to the plan.

If you receive distributions in the form of stock, you generally are subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as you would be had you elected to receive your distributions in cash. Your basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a distribution from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the distribution payable in cash. Any stock received in a distribution will have a holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to your account.

The Company’s net investment income (loss) on a tax basis for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $(341,574), $(192,563) and $335,572, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $(3,554,321), $(2,126,246) and $32,116, respectively, of undistributed (overdistributed) net investment income and realized gains on a tax basis.

54

The following table sets forth a reconciliation between GAAP-basis net investment income (loss) and tax-basis net investment income (loss) during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
GAAP basis net investment income (loss)	$	(341,574	)	$	(192,229	)	$	370,788
Reversal of incentive fee accrual on unrealized gains		-			(334	)		(35,216	)
Other book-tax differences		-			-			-
Tax-basis net investment income (loss)	$	(341,574	)	$	(192,563	)	$	335,572

The determination of the tax attributes of the Company’s distributions is made annually as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year based upon the Company’s taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. The actual tax characteristics of distributions to stockholders are reported to stockholders annually on Form 1099-DIV.

As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the components of accumulated earnings on a tax basis were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
Distributable realized gains (long-term capital gains)	$	(1,416,390	)	$	65,363		$	21,925
Distributable ordinary income (loss) (income and short-term capital gains (loss))		(1,513,583	)		(677,099	)		8,525
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments		(624,348	)		(1,514,510	)		1,666
Total	$	(3,554,321	)	$	(2,126,246	)	$	32,116

There is no material difference between the aggregate book cost and tax costs of the Company’s investments for federal income tax purposes.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data for the year ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is derived from our financial statements. The following selected financial data for Triton Pacific Investment Company, Inc. should be read in conjunction with “Item 7.—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 8. —Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” included elsewhere in this report.

55

							Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016			2015			2014
Statements of operations data:
Total investment income	$	1,164,891		$	817,448		$	440,748		$	176,042		$	16,319
Operating expenses
Total operating expenses		1,506,465			1,090,524			741,022			620,548			249,465
Less: Expense reimbursement from sponsor		-			(80,847	)		(671,062	)		(584,998	)		(249,357	)
Net operating expenses		1,506,465			1,009,677			69,960			35,550			108
Net investment income (loss)		(341,574	)		(192,229	)		370,788			140,492			16,211
Total net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments		(469,986	)		(1,424,740	)		(156,351	)		185,858			1,087
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	(811,560	)	$	(1,616,969	)	$	214,437		$	326,350		$	17,298
Per share data:
Net investment income (loss)—basic(1)	$	(0.22	)	$	(0.16	)	$	0.48		$	0.41		$	0.14
Net investment income (loss)—diluted(1)		(0.22	)		(0.16	)		0.48			0.41			0.14
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations—basic(1)	$	(0.53	)	$	(1.34	)	$	0.34		$	0.82		$	0.15
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations—diluted(1)		(0.53	)		(1.34	)		0.34			0.82			0.15
Distributions declared(2)	$	0.40		$	0.45		$	0.51		$	0.57		$	-
Balance sheet data:
Total assets	$	17,711,708		$	18,114,859		$	14,565,014		$	7,611,888		$	3,667,097
Total liabilities		140,787			1,265,622			1,336,312			285,235			569,193
Total net assets	$	17,570,921		$	16,849,237		$	13,228,702		$	7,326,653		$	3,097,904
Other data:
Total return(3)		-4.2	%		-8.9	%		2.2	%		6.1	%		0.0	%
Number of portfolio company investments at period end		29			32			35			22			10
Total portfolio investments for the period	$	4,426,250		$	7,112,875		$	6,285,875		$	4,270,750		$	1,725,001
Proceeds from sales and prepayments of investments	$	4,142,312		$	4,308,024		$	1,110,406		$	414,971		$	255,663
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted		1,522,181			1,203,418			777,680			339,304			114,991

(1)	The per share data was derived by using the weighted average shares outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(2)	The per share data for distributions reflects the actual amount of distributions paid per share during the applicable period.
(3)	The total return for each year presented was calculated by taking the net asset value per share as of the end of the applicable year, adding the cash distributions per share which were declared during the applicable year.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

Except as otherwise specified, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company,” refer to Triton Pacific Investment Corporation, Inc.

Forward-Looking Statements

Some of the statements in this annual report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K involve risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, statements as to:

● our future operating results;

● our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

● changes in the economy;

● risk associated with possible disruptions in our operations or the economy generally;

● the effect of investments that we expect to make;

● our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

● actual and potential conflicts of interest with Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC and its affiliates;

● the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we invest;

● the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

56

● the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments;

● the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;

● the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

● the ability of Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC and its Sub-Adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

● the ability of Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC, its Sub-Adviser and its affiliates to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

● our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and

● the effect of changes in laws or regulations affecting our operations or to tax legislation and our tax position.

Such forward-looking statements may include statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “trend,” “opportunity,” “pipeline,” “believe,” “comfortable,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “current,” “intention,” “estimate,” “position,” “assume,” “potential,” “outlook,” “continue,” “remain,” “maintain,” “sustain,” “seek,” “achieve,” and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” or similar expressions. The forward looking statements contained in this annual report involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those implied or expressed in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including the factors set forth as “Risk Factors” in this annual report on Form 10-K and in our last post-effective, amended registration statement filed on form N-2 dated June 25, 2018, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2018.

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this report on information available to us on the date of this report, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements, and future results could differ materially from historical performance. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we have filed or in the future may file with the SEC, including quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, annual reports on Form 10-K, and current reports on Form 8-K.

Overview

We are a publicly registered, non-traded fund focused on private equity, structured as a business development company that primarily makes equity, structured equity, and debt investments in small to mid-sized private U.S. companies.  Structured equity refers to derivative investment products, including convertible notes and warrants, designed to facilitate highly customized risk-return objectives. Our private equity investments will generally take the form of direct investments in common and preferred equity, as well as structured equity investments such as convertible notes and warrants. We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Company Act. Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC (“Triton Pacific Adviser”), which is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, (the “Advisers Act”) serves as our investment adviser and TFA Associates, LLC serves as our administrator. Each of these companies is affiliated with Triton Pacific Group, Inc., a private equity investment management firm, and its subsidiary, Triton Pacific Capital Partners, LLC (“TPCP”), a private equity investment fund management company, each focused on debt and equity investments in small to mid-sized private companies.

On August 10, 2018, we entered into a definitive agreement with Pathway Capital Opportunity Fund, Inc. (“PWAY”) pursuant to which PWAY will merge with and into us, with Triton Pacific Investment Corporation, Inc. (“TPIC”) as the combined surviving company, which will be renamed as TP Flexible Income Fund, Inc. That definitive agreement was amended effective February 12, 2019. In this report, we refer to the merger with PWAY as the “Merger” and the definitive agreement (as amended) with PWAY relating to the Merger as the “Merger Agreement.” The boards of directors of both PWAY and TPIC approved the Merger. The Merger is subject to a number of conditions to closing, including approval by our stockholders and the stockholders of PWAY and is expected to close after the date of this report.

If completed, the Merger will result in significant changes to us, including the following:

57

● New Investment Adviser. Prospect Flexible Income Management, LLC, who we refer to as the New Adviser, will serve as our investment adviser. The New Adviser is an affiliate of PWAY and the investment professionals of PWAY’s investment adviser have investment discretion at the Adviser.

● Increased Leverage. Following the Merger, our asset coverage ratio requirement will be reduced from 200% to 150%, which will allow us to incur double the maximum amount of leverage that was previously permitted. As a result, we will be able to borrow substantially more money and take on substantially more debt than we are currently able to. Leverage may increase the risk of loss to investors and is generally considered a speculative investment technique.

● Special Repurchase Offer. As a condition to being able to increase our leverage, we will offer to repurchase certain of our outstanding shares. In connection with this special repurchase offer, stockholders should be aware that:

○ Only stockholders of TPIC as of the date of our annual stockholder meeting, will be allowed to participate in the special repurchase offer, and they may have up to 100% of their shares repurchased (former stockholders of PWAY will not be able to participate).

○ If a substantial number of the eligible stockholders take advantage of this opportunity, it could minimize or eliminate the expected benefits of the Merger and it could:

▪ significantly decrease our asset size;

▪ require us to sell our investments earlier than the Adviser would have otherwise desired, which may result in selling investments at inopportune times or significantly depressed prices and/or at losses; or

▪ cause us to incur additional leverage solely to meet repurchase requests.

● New Board of Directors. Following the Merger, the composition of our board of directors will change and will consist of Craig J. Faggen, our current President and Chief Executive Officer, M. Grier Eliasek, PWAY’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Andrew Cooper, William Gremp and Eugene Stark. Messrs. Cooper, Gremp and Stark are all currently independent directors of PWAY.

Investment Objectives – Pre-Merger

We primarily make debt investments likely to generate current income and equity investments in small to mid-sized private U.S. companies either alone or together with other private equity sponsors. Our investment objective is to generate current income and long-term capital appreciation.

Triton Pacific Adviser is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting due diligence on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis. In addition, we have elected and intend to annually qualify to be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”), under subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

Our investment objectives are to maximize our investment portfolio’s total return by generating long-term capital appreciation from our private equity investments and current income from our debt investments. We intend to make both our debt and private equity investments in small to mid-sized private U.S. companies either alone or together with other private equity sponsors.

We are offering for sale a maximum of $300,000,000 of our common stock. We commenced our initial continuous public offering of shares through our initial registration statement (File No. 333-174873) that was declared effective by the SEC on September 4, 2012. Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act requires that a registration statement not be used for more than three years from its effective date, subject to a 180-day grace period. On September 2, 2015, we filed a registration statement with the SEC (File No. 333-206730) in order to continue our continuous public offering of shares for an additional three years. The registration statement for our follow-on offering was declared effective by the SEC on March 17, 2016. We filed post-effective amendments to

58

our registration statement on May 2, 2017, which was declared effective by the SEC on May 3, 2017, and on June 22, 2018, which was declared effective on June 25, 2018. We filed our most-recent post-effective amendment to our registration statement on February 22, 2019, which amendment has not been declared effective. On March 13, 2019, we filed a registration statement with the SEC in order to continue our continuous public offering of shares for an additional three years or until all of the shares registered herein are sold. The registration statement for this follow-on offering is still under review by the SEC.

As of March 29, 2019, we have sold a total of 1,614,220.76 shares of common stock for gross proceeds of approximately $23,432,560, including shares issued pursuant to our distribution reinvestment plan in the amount of $1,041,647, including the reduction due to $604,017 in shares repurchased pursuant to the Company’s Repurchase Program, and 14,815 shares of common stock sold to Triton Pacific Adviser in exchange for gross proceeds of $200,003.

Our investment objective is to maximize our portfolio’s total return by generating current income from our debt investments and long-term capital appreciation from our equity investments. We will seek to meet our investment objectives by:

-Focusing primarily on debt and equity investments in small and mid-sized private U.S. companies, which we define as companies with annual revenue of from $10 million to $ 250 million at the time of investment;

-Leveraging the experience and expertise of our Adviser, its Sub-Adviser and its affiliates in sourcing, evaluating and structuring transactions;

-Employing disciplined underwriting policies and rigorous portfolio management;

-Developing our equity portfolio through our Adviser’s Value Enhancement Program, more fully discussed below in “Investment Objectives and Policies – Investment Process”; and

-Maintaining a well-balanced portfolio.

We intend to be active in both debt and equity investing. We will seek to provide current income to our investors through our debt investments while seeking to enhance our investors’ overall returns through long term capital appreciation of our equity investments. We intend to be opportunistic in our investment approach, allocating our investments between debt and equity, depending on:

-Investment opportunities

-Market conditions

-Perceived Risk

Depending on the amount of capital we raise in the Offering and subject to subsequent changes in our capital base, we expect that our investments will generally range between $250,000 and $25 million per portfolio company, although this range may change in the discretion of our Adviser, subject to oversight by our board of directors. Prior to raising sufficient capital to finance investments in this range and as a strategy to manage excess cash, we may make smaller and differing types of investments in, for example, high quality debt securities, and other public and private yield-oriented debt and equity securities, directly and through our Sub-Adviser.

Our Adviser has engaged ZAIS to act as our investment sub-adviser. ZAIS assists our Adviser with identifying, evaluating, negotiating and structuring syndicated debt investments and makes investment recommendations for approval by our Adviser. is a Delaware limited liability company and is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act and had approximately $6.0 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2018. ZAIS is not an affiliate of us or our Adviser and does not own any of our shares.

We will generally source our private equity investments through third party intermediaries and our debt investments primarily through our Adviser and Sub-Adviser. We will invest only after we conduct a thorough evaluation of the risks and strategic opportunities of an investment and a price (or interest rate in the case of debt

59

investments) has been established that reflects the intrinsic value of the investment opportunity. We will endeavor to identify the best exit strategy for each private equity investment, including methodology (for example, a sale, company redemption, or public offering) and an appropriate time horizon. We will then attempt to influence the growth and development of each portfolio company accordingly to maximize our potential return on investment using such exit strategy or another strategy that may become preferable due to changing market conditions. We anticipate that the holding period for most of our private equity investments will range from four to six years, but we will be flexible in order to take advantage of market opportunities or to overcome unfavorable market conditions.

We intend to generate the majority of our current income by investing in senior secured loans, second lien secured loans and, to a lesser extent, subordinated loans of small to mid-sized private U.S. companies. We may purchase interests in loans through secondary market transactions in the “over-the-counter” market for institutional loans or directly from our target companies as primary market investments. In connection with our debt investments, we may on occasion receive equity interests such as warrants or options as additional consideration. The senior secured and second lien secured loans in which we invest generally will have stated terms of three to seven years and any subordinated investments that we make generally will have stated terms of up to ten years. However, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any security we may hold in our portfolio. The loans in which we intend to invest are often rated by a nationally recognized ratings organization, and generally carry a rating below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Corporation – also known as “junk bonds”). However, we may also invest in non-rated debt securities.

As a BDC, we are subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. For example, we generally will not be permitted to co-invest alongside our Adviser, including TPCP and certain of its affiliates, unless we obtain an exemptive order from the SEC or the transaction is otherwise permitted under existing regulatory guidance, such as syndicated transactions where price is the only negotiated term, and approval from our independent directors. We have applied for an exemptive relief order for co-investments, though there is no assurance that such exemptions will be granted, and in either instance, conflicts of interests with affiliates of our Adviser might exist. Should such conflicts of interest arise, we and the Adviser have developed policies and procedures for dealing with such conflicts which require the Adviser to (i) execute such transactions for all of the participating investment accounts, including ours, on a fair and equitable basis, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, the then-current investment objectives and portfolio positions of each party, and any other factors deemed appropriate and (ii) endeavor to obtain the advice of Adviser personnel not directly involved with the investment giving rise to the conflict as to such appropriateness and other factors as well as the fairness to all parties of the investment and its terms. We intend to make all of our investments in compliance with the Company Act and in a manner that will not jeopardize our status as a BDC or RIC.

As a BDC, we are permitted under the Company Act to borrow funds to finance portfolio investments. To enhance our opportunity for gain, we intend to employ leverage as market conditions permit. The Company Act generally prohibits us from incurring indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). However, recent legislation has modified the Company Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. Under the legislation, we are allowed to increase our leverage capacity if stockholders representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so. If we receive stockholder approval, we would be allowed to increase our leverage capacity on the first day after such approval. Alternatively, the legislation allows the majority of our independent directors to approve an increase in our leverage capacity, and such approval would become effective after one year. In either case, we would be required to make certain disclosures on our website and in SEC filings regarding, among other things, the receipt of approval to increase our leverage, our leverage capacity and usage, and risks related to leverage. As a non-traded BDC, we would also be required to offer to repurchase our outstanding shares at the rate of 25% per quarter over four calendar quarters.

At a meeting held on April 18, 2018, our Board of Directors, including a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the Company Act) approved the application of the modified asset coverage requirements from 200% asset coverage to 150% asset coverage. As a result, and subject to certain additional disclosure requirements as well as the repurchase obligations, both as described above, the 150% minimum asset coverage ratio will apply to the Company effective as of April 18, 2019. We intend to seek stockholder approval to accelerate the decrease of

60

the required asset coverage ratio from 200% to 150%, which would give us the ability to increase the amount of leverage we could incur effective the day after stockholder approval is received.

Investment Objectives – Post Merger

If the Merger is completed, our investment objectives will change and will focus on generating current income and, as a secondary objective, capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. We intend to meet our investment objective by primarily lending to and investing in the debt of privately-owned U.S. middle market companies, which we define as companies with annual revenue between $50 million and $2.5 billion. We may on occasion invest in smaller or larger companies if an attractive opportunity presents itself, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets. We expect to focus primarily on making investments in syndicated senior secured first lien loans, syndicated senior secured second lien loans, and to a lesser extent, subordinated debt, of middle market companies in a broad range of industries. Our target credit investments are expected to typically have initial maturities between three and ten years and generally range in size between $1 million and $100 million, although the investment size may vary with the size of our capital base. We expect that the majority of our debt investments will bear interest at floating interest rates, but our portfolio may also include fixed-rate investments.

Following the Merger, we expect to make our investments directly through the primary issuance by the borrower or in the secondary market. We expect that at least 70% of our portfolio of investments will consist primarily of syndicated senior secured first lien loans, syndicated senior secured second lien loans, and to a lesser extent, subordinated debt, and up to 30% of our portfolio of investments will consist of other securities, including private equity (both common and preferred), dividend-paying equity, royalties, and the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. The senior secured loans underlying our CLO investments are expected typically to be BB or B rated (non-investment grade, which is often referred to as “high yield” or “junk”) and in limited circumstances, unrated, senior secured loans. Our investment portfolio is expected to consistent primarily of debt securities.

We intend to seek to engage in a “liquidity event,” within five to seven years following the completion of our offering period, whereby we will seek to provide liquidity to our investors, such as (i) a listing of our shares on a national securities exchange, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets followed by a liquidation, or (iii) a merger or other transaction approved by our board of directors in which our stockholders will receive cash or shares of another company. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to complete a liquidity event within such time frame. (We define the term “offering period” as the three-year period following the commencement of our most-recent follow-on offering, although we may, in our discretion, extend the term of the offering indefinitely.)

We will be subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. If the Merger is completed, we will be subject to an exemptive order from the SEC (the “Order”) granting us the ability to negotiate terms, other than price and quantity, of co-investment transactions with other funds managed by our New Adviser or certain affiliates, including Prospect Capital Corporation and Priority Income Fund, Inc., subject to certain conditions included therein. Under the terms of the Order permitting us to co-invest with other funds managed by our New Adviser or its affiliates, a majority of our independent directors who have no financial interest in the transaction must make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies. The Order also imposes reporting and record keeping requirements and limitations on transactional fees. We may only co-invest with certain entities affiliated with our New Adviser in negotiated transactions originated by our New Adviser or its affiliates in accordance with such Order and existing regulatory guidance. These co-investment transactions may give rise to conflicts of interest or perceived conflicts of interest among us and the other participating accounts. To mitigate these conflicts, our New Adviser and its affiliates will seek to allocate portfolio transactions for all of the participating investment accounts, including us, on a fair and equitable basis, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, the applicable investment

61

programs and portfolio positions, the clients for which participation is appropriate and any other factors deemed appropriate. We intend to make all of our investments in compliance with the Company Act and in a manner that will not jeopardize our status as a BDC or RIC

Revenues

We currently generate revenue in the form of dividends, interest and capital gains on the debt securities and equity interests that we hold. In addition, we may generate revenue from our portfolio companies in the form of commitment, origination, structuring or diligence fees, monitoring fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and possibly consulting fees and performance-based fees. Any such fees will be recognized as earned.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses are the payment of advisory fees and other expenses under our investment adviser agreement. The advisory fees will compensate our Adviser for its work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, executing, monitoring and servicing our investments.

We also bear all other expenses of our operations and transactions, including (without limitation) fees and expenses relating to:

● corporate and organizational expenses relating to offerings of our common stock, subject to limitations included in the investment advisory and management services agreement;

● the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

● the cost of effecting sales and repurchase of shares of our common stock and other securities;

● investment advisory fees;

● fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments and valuing investments, including fees and expenses associated with performing due diligence reviews of prospective investments;

● transfer agent and custodial fees;

● fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

● federal and state registration fees;

● federal, state and local taxes;

● independent directors’ fees and expenses;

● costs of proxy statements, stockholders’ reports and notices;

● fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

● direct costs such as printing, mailing, long distance telephone, and staff;

● fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

62

● costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the Company Act and applicable federal and state securities laws;

● brokerage commissions for our investments;

● legal, accounting and other costs associated with structuring, negotiating, documenting and completing our investment transactions;

● all other expenses incurred by our Adviser, in performing its obligations, subject to the limitations included in the investment adviser agreement; and

● all other expenses incurred by either our Administrator or us in connection with administering our business, including payments to our Administrator under the administration agreement that will be based upon our allocable portion of its overhead and other expenses incurred in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of our chief executive officer, chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

Reimbursement of TFA Associates, LLC for Administrative Services

We will reimburse TFA Associates for the administrative expenses necessary for its performance of services to us. Such costs will be reasonably allocated to us on the basis of assets, revenues, time records or other reasonable methods. However, such reimbursement is made in an amount equal to the lower of the Administrator’s actual costs or the amount that we would be required to pay for comparable administrative services in the same geographic location. We will not reimburse our Administrator for any services for which it receives a separate fee or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of TFA Associates.

Portfolio and Investment Activity

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we made investments in portfolio companies totaling $4,426,250. During the same period, we sold investments and received principal payments for proceeds of $4,412,312. As of December 31, 2018, our investment portfolio, with a total fair value of $11,882,849, consisted of interests in 29 portfolio companies (59.3% in first lien senior secured loans, 36.5% in second lien senior secured loans, and 4.2% in equity). The portfolio companies that comprised our portfolio as of such date had an average annual EBITDA of approximately $169.2 million. As of December 31, 2018, the investments in our portfolio were purchased at a weighted average price of 98.3% of par or stated value, the weighted average credit rating of the investments in our portfolio that were rated (constituting 95.8% of our portfolio based on the fair value of our investments) was B3 based upon the Moody’s scale. Our estimated gross annual portfolio yield was 7.82% based upon the amortized cost of our investments and was 8.59% on the debt portfolio alone. Our gross annual portfolio yield represents the expected yield to be generated by us on our investment portfolio based on the composition of our portfolio as of December 31, 2018. The portfolio yield does not represent an actual investment return to stockholders.

Total Portfolio Activity

The following tables present certain selected information regarding our portfolio investment activity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	Year Ended December 31,
Net Investment Activity	2018			2017			2016
Purchases	$	4,426,250			7,112,875		$	6,285,875
Sales and Redemptions		(4,142,312	)		(4,308,024	)		(1,110,406	)
Net Portfolio Activity	$	283,938		$	2,804,851		$	5,175,469

63

The following table presents the composition of the total purchases for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

	December 31, 2018				December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
	Purchases		Percentage  of  Portfolio		Purchases		Percentage  of  Portfolio		Purchases		Percentage  of  Portfolio
Senior Secured Loans—First Lien	$	2,943,750		67%	$	4,392,250		62%	$	5,083,375		81%
Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien		1,482,500		33%		2,720,625		38%		1,202,500		19%
Subordinated Debt		-		0%		-		0%		-		0%
Equity/Other		-		0%		-		0%		-		0%
Total	$	4,426,250		100%	$	7,112,875		100%	$	6,285,875		100%

The following tables summarize the composition of our investment portfolio at amortized cost and fair value as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	December 31, 2018							December 31, 2017							December 31, 2016
	Investments at Amortized Cost(1)		Investments at Fair Value		Fair Value Percentage of Total Portfolio			Investments at Amortized Cost(1)		Investments at Fair Value		Fair Value Percentage of Total Portfolio			Investments at Amortized Cost(1)		Investments at Fair Value		Fair Value Percentage of Total Portfolio
Senior Secured Loans—First Lien	$	7,371,419	$	7,050,980		60	%	$	7,714,423	$	7,690,952		64	%	$	6,680,615	$	6,761,313		64	%
Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien		4,635,777		4,336,218		36	%		3,919,236		3,806,683		32	%		2,024,991		1,967,658		19	%
Subordinated Debt		0		-		0	%		666,389		-		0	%		646,901		646,901		6	%
Equity/Other		500,000		495,651		4	%		1,250,000		537,903		4	%		1,250,000		1,228,301		11	%
Total	$	12,507,196	$	11,882,849		100	%	$	13,550,048	$	12,035,538		100	%	$	10,602,507	$	10,604,173		100	%

(1) Amortized cost represents the original cost adjusted for the amortization of premiums and/or accretion of discounts, as applicable, on investments.

	December 31, 2018	December 31, 2017	December 31, 2016	December 31, 2015
Number of Portfolio Companies	29	32	35	22
% Variable Rate (based on fair value)	95.8%	95.5%	82.3%	62.1%
% Fixed Rate (based on fair value)	0.0%	0.0%	6.1%	11.0%
% Non-Income Producing Equity or Other Investments (based on fair value)	4.2%	4.5%	11.6%	26.9%
Average Annual EBITDA of Portfolio Companies	169.2MM	162.3MM	114.6MM	$101.6MM
Weighted Average Credit Rating of Investments that were Rated	B3	B2	B2	B2
% of Investments on Non-Accrual	—	—	—	—
Gross Portfolio Yield Prior to Leverage (based on amortized cost)	0.1%	0.0%	6.7%	5.4%

The table below describes investments by industry classification and enumerates the percentage, by fair value, of the total portfolio assets in such industries as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

64

	December 31, 2018				December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
	Fair		Percentage of		Fair		Percentage of		Fair		Percentage of
Industry Classification	Value		Portfolio		Value		Portfolio		Value		Portfolio
Automotive Repair, Services, and Parking	$	-		0.0%	$	-		0.0%	$	122,459		1.2%
Beverage, Food & Tobacco		1,678,908		14.1%		1,618,327		13.4%		1,162,891		11.0%
Business Services		3,079,325		25.9%		4,325,419		35.8%		2,793,526		26.3%
Construction & Building		417,375		3.5%		-		0.0%		-		0.0%
Consumer Services		1,284,399		10.8%		1,671,168		13.9%		955,659		9.0%
Energy: Oil & Gas		792,894		6.7%		337,488		2.8%		346,500		3.3%
Environmental		490,000		4.1%		-		0.0%		-		0.0%
Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals		1,461,343		12.2%		734,869		6.1%		1,403,008		13.2%
High Tech Industries		751,045		6.3%		833,178		6.9%		1,016,921		9.6%
Hotel, Gaming & Leisure		494,806		4.2%		352,809		2.9%		-		0.0%
Media: Diversified and Production		293,255		2.5%		334,586		2.8%		347,375		3.3%
Metals & Mining		495,625		4.2%		1,143,870		9.5%		245,625		2.3%
Paper and Allied Products		-		0.0%		-		0.0%		115,294		1.1%
Retail		-		0.0%		-		0.0%		712,500		6.7%
Specialty Finance		-		0.0%		-		0.1%		1,184,130		11.2%
Telecommunications		459,394		3.9%		496,322		4.2%		-		0.0%
Wholesale Trade-Nondurable Goods		184,480		1.6%		187,502		1.6%		198,285		1.8%
Total	$	11,882,849		100.0%	$	12,035,538		100.0%	$	10,604,173		100.0%

We do not “control” any of our portfolio companies, each as defined in the Company Act. We are an affiliate of Injured Workers Pharmacy, LLC (held through ACON IWP Investors I, L.L.C.). In general, under the Company Act, we would be presumed to “control” a portfolio company if we owned 25% or more of its voting securities and would be an “affiliate” of a portfolio company if we owned 5% or more of its voting securities.

Portfolio Asset Quality

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, our Subadviser uses an investment rating system to characterize and monitor the expected level of returns on each investment in our debt portfolio. All of the investments included in our Subadviser’s rating systems refer to non-rated debt securities or rated debt securities that carry a rating below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors Service or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Corporation also known as “junk bonds”).  These ratings are on a scale of 1 to 8 as follows:

1 Highest quality obligors, minimal medium-term default risk; possibly moving towards investment grade status.

2 High quality obligors, but not likely to move towards investment grade in the medium term; performing at or in excess of expected levels; solid liquidity; conservative credit statistics.

3 Credits of with a history of performing with leverage (repeat issuers); moderate credit statistics currently performing at or in excess of expected levels; solid liquidity; no expectation of covenant defaults or third party ratings downgrades.

4 Credits new to the leveraged loan universe; currently performing within a range of expected performance; moderate to aggressive credit statistics.

5 Credits new to the leveraged loan universe; currently performing within a range of expected performance; aggressive credit statistics or weak industry characteristics.

6 Credits placed in this category are experiencing potential liquidity problems but the issues are not imminent (more than 12 months).

7 Credits placed in this category are experiencing nearer-term liquidity problems (within 12 months).

8 Credits placed in this category have experienced either a technical or actual payment default which may require a write-down within our respective portfolios.

65

Categories 1 through 5 are performing in line with expectation, while categories 6-8 are closely watched for or have experienced liquidity problems and/or default.

The following table shows the distribution of our investments on the 1 to 8 scale at fair value as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	December 31, 2018					December 31, 2017					December 31, 2016
Investment Rating	Fair Value		Percentage			Fair Value		Percentage			Fair Value		Percentage
1	$	-		0.0	%	$	-		0.0	%	$	-		0.0	%
2		238,318		2.1	%		486,150		4.2	%		-		0.0	%
3		2,417,885		21.2	%		4,067,859		35.4	%		2,690,027		30.8	%
4		3,261,849		28.6	%		2,975,871		25.9	%		2,689,677		30.8	%
5		4,677,494		41.2	%		3,508,571		30.5	%		3,010,103		34.5	%
6		607,652		5.3	%		459,184		4.0	%		339,164		3.9	%
7		171,500		1.5	%		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%
8		12,500		0.1	%		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%
	$	11,387,198		100.0	%	$	11,497,635		100.0	%	$	8,728,971		100.0	%

On June 30, 2017, The Company made the decision to write down the carrying value of its investment in Javlin Financial LLC (“Javlin Financial”). The decision was due to performance issues within Javlin Financial’s core business and a breakdown in restructuring negotiations between the Company, its lenders, and Javlin Financial’s controlling shareholder. The full realized loss for the investments in Javlin was recognized in the fourth quarter of 2018.

Results of Operations

Investment Income

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we generated $1,164,891, $817,448 and $440,748 respectively, in investment income in the form of interest and fees earned on our debt portfolio. Such revenues represent $1,131,352 of cash income and $33,359 in non-cash portions related to the accretion of discounts and paid-in-kind interest for the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2017, such revenues represent $766,194 of cash income and $51,254 in non-cash portions related to the accretion of discounts and paid-in-kind interest for the year ended December 31, 2017. For the year ended December 31, 2016, such revenues represent $384,234 of cash income and $56,514 in non-cash portions related to the accretion of discounts and paid-in-kind interest.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses before reimbursement from the sponsor totaled $1,506,465 for the year ended December 31, 2018, and consisted of base management fees, adviser and administrator reimbursements, professional fees, insurance expense, directors’ fees and other general and administrative fees. The base management fees for the year were $359,120 and the incentive fees for the year were $0. Pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement (discussed below), the sponsor reimbursed the Company $0 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Total operating expenses before reimbursement from the sponsor totaled $1,090,524 for the year ended December 31, 2017, and consisted of base management fees, adviser and administrator reimbursements, professional fees, insurance expense, directors’ fees and other general and administrative fees. The base management fees for the year were $334,224 and the incentive fees for the year were ($334). Pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement (discussed below), the sponsor reimbursed the Company $80,847 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

66

Total operating expenses before reimbursement from the sponsor totaled $741,022 for the year ended December 31, 2016, and consisted of base management fees, adviser and administrator reimbursements, professional fees, insurance expense, directors’ fees and other general and administrative fees. The base management fees for the year were $225,492 and the incentive fees for the year were ($35,216). Pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement (discussed below), the sponsor reimbursed the Company $671,062 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Our other general and administrative expenses totaled $70,278, $27,459 and $17,718 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, and consisted of the following:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2018		2017		2016
Licenses and permits	$	1,036	$	413	$	-
Taxes		800		1,103		1,363
Printing fees		19,333		10,374		8,747
Outside Services		2,278		12,719		-
Travel expenses		39,737		1,056		6,150
Other		7,094		1,794		1,458
Total	$	70,278	$	27,459	$	17,718

Net Investment Income

Our net investment income (loss) totaled $(341,574) , ($192,229) and $370,788 ($(0.22), ($0.16) and $0.48 per share based on weighted average shares outstanding, respectively) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Net Realized Gains/Losses from Investments

We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the amortized cost basis of investment, without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, we received proceeds from sales and repayments on unaffiliated investments of $4,142,312, from which we realized a net gain of $56,240. We fully realized the unrealized loss at Javlin Financial for a net realized loss of $(1,416,389.) The net realized loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $(1,360,149). For the year ended December 31, 2017, we received proceeds from sales and repayments of $4,308,024, from which we realized a net gain of $91,436. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we received proceeds from sales and repayments of $1,110,406, from which we realized a net gain of $19,731.

Net Unrealized Appreciation/Depreciation on Investments

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments reflects the net change in the fair value of our investment portfolio. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) totaled $890,163 , ($1,516,176) and ($176,082), respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2018, this unrealized appreciation consisted of $(483,974) in depreciation on unaffiliated investments, and $1,374,137 in unrealized appreciation on affiliated investments due to the realization of prior unrealized losses at Javlin Financial.

Changes in Net Assets from Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a net income of $(811,560) versus net income of ($1,616,969) for the year ended December 31, 2017 and net income of $214,437 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

67

Based on 1,522,181.72 weighted average common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2018, basic and diluted, our per share net decrease in net assets resulting from operations was $(0.53) for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Based on 1,203,418.47 weighted average common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2017, basic and diluted, our per share net decrease in net assets resulting from operations was ($1.34) for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Based on 777,680 weighted average common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2016, basic and diluted, our per share net increase in net assets resulting from operations was $0.28 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

We will generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of our offering, and from cash flows from fees (such as management fees), interest and dividends earned from our investments and principal repayments and proceeds from sales of our investments. Our primary use of funds will be investments in companies, and payments of our expenses and distributions to holders of our common stock.

The offering of our common stock represents a continuous offering of our shares. The initial offering of our common stock commenced on September 4, 2012 and terminated on March 1, 2016. On March 17, 2016, we commenced the follow-on offering of our common stock, which follow-on offering is currently ongoing. We intend to file post-effective amendments to our registration statement to allow us to continue our offering for three years. On March 13, 2019, we filed a registration statement with the SEC in order to continue our continuous public offering of shares for an additional three years. The registration statement for this follow-on offering is still under review by the SEC.

The Dealer Manager is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares but will use its best efforts to sell the shares offered. The minimum investment in shares of our common stock is $5,000.

We will sell our shares on a continuous basis at a price of $12.21 per share. To the extent our net asset value increases, we will sell at a price necessary to ensure that shares are not sold at a price per share, after deduction of selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share. In connection with each closing, our board of directors or a committee thereof is required, within 48 hours of the time that each closing and sale is made, to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price per share which, after deducting upfront selling commissions, if any, is below the then-current net asset value per share of the applicable class. Promptly following any such adjustment to the offering price per share, we will file a prospectus supplement with the SEC disclosing the adjusted offering price, and we appropriately publish the updated information. The Dealer Manager for our offering is an affiliate of our Adviser.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we sold 187,732.59 shares of our common stock for gross proceeds of $2,427,107 at an average price per share of $12.93. The gross proceeds received during the year ended December 31, 2018 include reinvested stockholder distributions of $346,702 for which we issued 29,466.05 shares of common stock. The sales commissions and dealer manager fees related to the sale of our common stock were $199,991 for the year ended December 31, 2018. These sales commissions and fees include $38,416 retained by the dealer manager, Triton Pacific Securities, LLC, which is an affiliated entity of the Adviser and TFA, and is partially owned by one of our directors, Craig Faggen. Our offering expenses are capitalized as deferred offering expenses and then subsequently expensed over a 12-month period.

We may borrow funds to make investments at any time, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of our offering, to the extent we determine that additional capital would allow us to take advantage of investment opportunities, or if our board of directors determines that leveraging our portfolio would be in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. We have not yet decided, however, whether, and to what extent, we will finance portfolio investments using debt. We do not currently anticipate issuing any preferred stock.

68

Contractual Obligations

We have entered into certain contracts under which we have material future commitments. On July 27, 2012, we entered into the investment advisory agreement with Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC in accordance with the 1940 Act. The investment advisory agreement became effective on June 25, 2014, the date that we met the minimum offering requirement. Triton Pacific Adviser serves as our investment advisor in accordance with the terms of our investment advisory agreement. Payments under our investment advisory agreement in each reporting period will consist of (i) a management fee equal to a percentage of the value of our gross assets and (ii) a capital gains incentive fee based on our performance.

On July 27, 2012, we entered into the administration agreement with TFA Associates, LLC pursuant to which TFA Associates furnishes us with administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations. TFA Associates is reimbursed for administrative expenses it incurs on our behalf in performing its obligations. Such costs are reasonably allocated to us on the basis of assets, revenues, time records or other reasonable methods. We do not reimburse TFA Associates for any services for which it receives a separate fee or for rent, depreciation, utilities, capital equipment or other administrative items allocated to a controlling person of TFA Associates. At the time of our offering, our Administrator has contracted with Bank of New York Mellon and affiliated entities to provide additional administrative services, while we have directly engaged Bank of New York Mellon and affiliated entities to act as our custodian. We have also contracted with Phoenix American Financial Services to act as our transfer agent, plan administrator, distribution paying agent and registrar.

If any of our contractual obligations discussed above are terminated, our costs may increase under any new agreements that we enter into as replacements. We would also likely incur expenses in locating alternative parties to provide the services we expect to receive under the investment advisory agreement and administration agreement. Any new investment advisory agreement would also be subject to approval by our stockholders.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than contractual commitments and other legal contingencies incurred in the normal course of our business, we do not have any off-balance sheet financings or liabilities.

Distributions

General

We elected to be treated, beginning with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of: (i) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made by us to use our taxable year) and (iii) any ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no federal income tax.

While we intend to distribute any income and capital gains in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% U.S. federal excise tax, sufficient amounts of our taxable income and capital gains may not be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, we will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which we do not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

69

Our board of directors has authorized, and has declared, cash distributions on our common stock on a monthly basis since the second quarter of 2015. The amount of each such distribution is subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions related to the payment of distributions. We calculate each stockholder’s specific distribution amount for the month using record and declaration dates, and distributions will begin to accrue on the date we accept subscriptions for shares of our common stock. From time to time, we may also pay interim distributions at the discretion of our board of directors. Each year a statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099-DIV (or any successor form) identifying the source of the distribution (i.e., paid from ordinary income, paid from net capital gain on the sale of securities, and/or a return of paid-in capital surplus which is a nontaxable distribution) will be mailed to our stockholders. Our distributions may exceed our earnings, especially during the period before we have substantially invested the proceeds from our offering. As a result, a portion of the distributions we make may represent a return of capital for tax purposes.

We have adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, when we make a distribution, stockholders will receive distributions in cash unless they specifically “opt in” to the distribution reinvestment plan so as to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. Any distributions reinvested under the plan will nevertheless remain taxable to U.S. stockholders.

The following table reflects the cash distributions per share that we have declared and paid on our common stock for our past three fiscal years:

70

	Distribution
Fiscal 2018	Per Share		Amount
January 29, 2018	$	0.03370		47,908
February 28, 2018	$	0.03370		49,067
March 28, 2018	$	0.03370		49,752
April 26, 2018	$	0.03370		50,700
May 29, 2018	$	0.03370		51,014
June 27, 2018	$	0.03370		51,096
July 27, 2018	$	0.03370		51,473
August 27, 2018	$	0.03370		52,453
September 25, 2018	$	0.03370		52,802
October 25, 2018	$	0.03370		53,116
November 23, 2018	$	0.03370		53,352
December 26, 2018	$	0.03370		53,782
Fiscal 2017
January 27, 2017	$	0.04000		39,407
February 24, 2017	$	0.04000		41,323
March 23, 2017	$	0.04000		42,513
April 27, 2017	$	0.04000		44,526
May 25, 2017	$	0.04000		46,364
June 23, 2017	$	0.04000		47,861
July 21, 2017	$	0.04000		48,678
August 29, 2017	$	0.03417		44,767
September 28, 2017	$	0.03417		45,500
October 26, 2017	$	0.03417		46,109
November 27, 2017	$	0.03370		46,685
December 26, 2017	$	0.03370		47,326
Fiscal 2016
January 22, 2016	$	0.04500	$	25,244
February 16, 2016	$	0.04500	$	26,477
March 23, 2016	$	0.04500	$	30,271
April 21, 2016	$	0.04500	$	32,832
May 19, 2016	$	0.04500	$	34,950
June 23, 2016	$	0.04500	$	36,206
July 21, 2016	$	0.04000	$	32,318
August 25, 2016	$	0.04000	$	33,293
September 22, 2016	$	0.04000	$	33,877
October 20, 2016	$	0.04000	$	35,164
November 18, 2016	$	0.04000	$	37,327
December 20, 2016	$	0.04000	$	38,091

Our distributions previously were paid quarterly in arrears.  On January 15, 2015, our board of directors declared a quarterly cash distribution for the fourth quarter of 2014 of $0.07545 per share payable on January 30, 2015, to stockholders of record as of January 20, 2015. In addition, on April 2, 2015, our board of directors declared a cash distribution for the first quarter of 2015 of $0.116 per share payable on April 13, 2015, to stockholders of record as of April 6, 2015. Commencing in April 2015, and subject to our board of directors’ discretion and applicable legal restrictions, our board of directors began to authorize and declare a monthly distribution amount per share of our common stock, payable in advance.  We then calculate each stockholder’s specific distribution amount for the month using record and declaration dates, and distributions will begin to accrue on the date we accept subscriptions for shares of our common stock.  No distributions were declared for the years before 2015.

We may fund our cash distributions to stockholders from any sources of funds legally available to it, including offering proceeds, borrowings, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, dividends or other distributions paid to us on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and expense reimbursements from the Adviser. We have not established limits on the amount of funds it may use from available sources to make distributions.

71

The following table reflects the sources of the cash distributions on a tax basis that we paid on our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	2018					2017					2016
Source of Distribution	Distribution Amount		Percentage			Distribution Amount		Percentage			Distribution Amount		Percentage
Offering proceeds	$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-
Borrowings		-		-			-		-			-		-
Net investment income (prior to expense reimbursement)(1)		-		-			-		-			-		-
Short-term capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets		28,982		5	%		47,998		9	%		-		-
Long-term capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets		92,622		15	%		-		-			-		-
Distributions from common equity (return of capital)		494,910		80	%		493,061		91	%		-		-
Expense reimbursement from sponsor		-		-			-		-			396,050		100	%
Total	$	616,514		100	%	$	541,059		100	%	$	396,050		100	%

(1) During the year ended December 31, 2018, 97.1% of the Company’s gross investment income was attributable to cash income earned, and 2.9% was attributable to non-cash accretion of discount.

Related Party Transactions

We have entered into an investment and advisory agreement with Triton Pacific Adviser in which our senior management holds equity interest. Members of our senior management also serve as principals of other investment managers affiliated with Triton Pacific Adviser that currently manage, and may in the future manage, investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles with investment objectives similar to ours.

If the Merger is completed, , we will enter into an investment and advisory agreement with Prospect Flexible Income Management, LLC in which certain members of our senior management hold an equity interest. Members of our senior management also serve as principals of other investment managers affiliated with our Adviser that do and may in the future manage investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles with investment objectives similar to ours.

We have entered into an administration agreement with TFA Associates in which our senior management holds equity interest and act as principals.

We have entered into a dealer manager agreement with Triton Pacific Securities, LLC and will pay them a fee of up to 10% of gross proceeds raised in the offering, some of which will be re-allowed to other participating broker-dealers. Triton Pacific Securities, LLC is an affiliated entity of Triton Pacific Adviser. If the Merger is completed, Triton Pacific Securities is expected to continue to serve as our dealer manager for our ongoing offering, however the fee we pay them is expected to decrease to up to 6% of gross proceeds raised in the offering, some of which will be re-allowed to other participating broker-dealers.

We have entered into a license agreement with Triton Pacific Group, Inc. under which Triton Pacific Group, Inc. has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Triton Pacific” for specified purposes in our business. Under this agreement, we have the right to use the “Triton Pacific” name, subject to certain conditions, for so long as Triton Pacific Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment advisor. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “Triton Pacific” name. This license agreement is expected to terminate if the Merger is completed.

We have entered into an expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement with Triton Pacific Adviser pursuant to which the Adviser will pay up to 100% of the Company’s organization, offering and operating expenses, subject to repayment by us to the Adviser, in order for the Company to achieve a reasonable level of expenses relative to its investment income, as determined by the Company and the Adviser. That agreement terminated effective December 31, 2018. (See “Expense Reimbursement Agreement”, below.)

72

Management Fee

Pre-Merger

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, we pay our Adviser a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee. The base management fee is calculated at a quarterly rate of 0.5% of our average gross assets (including amounts borrowed for investment purposes) and payable quarterly in arrears. For the first quarter of our operations, the base management fee was calculated based on the initial value of our gross assets. Subsequently, the base management fee for any calendar quarter is calculated based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of that and the immediately preceding quarters, appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during that quarter. The base management fee may or may not be taken in whole or in part at the discretion of our Adviser. All or any part of the base management fee not taken as to any quarter shall be accrued without interest and may be taken in such other quarter as our Adviser shall determine. The base management fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.

Though, in accordance with the Advisers Act, the Adviser could have received an incentive fee on both current income earned and income from capital gains, the Adviser agreed to waive any incentive fees from current income. As such, the Adviser is paid an incentive fee only upon the realization of a capital gain from the sale of an investment. The incentive fee is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears or as of the date of our liquidation or the termination of the investment advisory agreement, and equals 20% of our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of each quarter, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees.

For purposes of the foregoing: (1) the calculation of the incentive fee shall include any capital gains that result from cash distributions that are treated as a return of capital, (2) any such return of capital will be treated as a decrease in our cost basis for the relevant investment and (3) all fiscal year-end valuations will be determined by us in accordance with GAAP, applicable provisions of the Company Act and our pricing procedures. In determining the incentive fee payable to our Adviser, we will calculate the aggregate realized capital gains, aggregate realized capital losses and aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, as applicable, with respect to each of the investments in our portfolio. For this purpose, aggregate realized capital gains, if any, will equal the sum of the positive differences between the net sales prices of our investments, when sold, and the cost of such investments since inception. Aggregate realized capital losses will equal the sum of the amounts by which the net sales prices of our investments, when sold, is less than the original cost of such investments since inception. Aggregate unrealized capital depreciation will equal the sum of the difference, if negative, between the valuation of each investment as of the applicable date and the original cost of such investment. At the end of the applicable period, the amount of capital gains that serves as the basis for our calculation of the capital gains incentive fee will equal the aggregate realized capital gains less aggregate realized capital losses and less aggregate unrealized capital depreciation with respect to our portfolio investments. If this number is positive at the end of such period, then the incentive fee for such period will be equal to 20% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of any incentive fees paid in all prior periods.

While the investment advisory agreement neither includes nor contemplates the inclusion of unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee, pursuant to an interpretation of an American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Technical Practice Aid for investment companies, we include unrealized gains in the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee expense and related accrued capital gains incentive fee. This accrual reflects the incentive fees that would be payable to our Advisor as if our entire portfolio was liquidated at its fair value as of the balance sheet date even though our Adviser is not entitled to an incentive fee with respect to unrealized gains unless and until such gains are actually realized.

The organizational and offering expense and other expense reimbursements may include a portion of costs incurred by our Adviser or its members or affiliates on our behalf for legal, accounting, printing and other offering expenses, including for marketing, salaries and direct expenses of its employees, employees of its affiliates and others while engaged in registering and marketing the shares of our common stock, which shall include development of marketing and marketing presentations and training and educational meetings and generally coordinating the marketing process for us and may also include amounts reimbursed by us to our Dealer Manager for actual bona fide due diligence expenses incurred by our Dealer Manager or participating broker-dealers in an aggregate amount that is reasonable in relation to the gross proceeds raised in our offering and which are supported by detailed, itemized invoices. None of the reimbursements referred to above will exceed actual expenses incurred by our Adviser, its members or affiliates. Our Adviser will reimburse to us, without recourse or reimbursement by us, any organizational and offering expenses to the extent those expenses, when aggregated with sales load, exceed 15.0%.

73

Post-Merger

Following the Merger, we will enter into a new investment advisory agreement (the “New Advisory Agreement”) with the New Adviser. Pursuant to which we will continue to pay the New Adviser a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee.

Base Management Fee. The base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% (0.4375% quarterly) of our average total assets, which will include any borrowings for investment purposes. For the first quarter of our operations following the Merger, the base management fee will be calculated based on the average value of our total assets as of the date of the New Advisory Agreement and at the end of the calendar quarter in which the date of the New Advisory Agreement falls, and will be appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter. Subsequently, the base management fee will be payable quarterly in arrears, and will be calculated based on the average value of our total assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and will be appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the then current calendar quarter. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro-rated. At the New Adviser’s option, the base management fee for any period may be deferred, without interest thereon, and paid to the New Adviser at any time subsequent to any such deferral as the Adviser determines.

Incentive Fee. The incentive fee consists of two parts: (1) the subordinated incentive fee on income and (2) the capital gains incentive fee.

Subordinated Incentive Fee on Income. The first part of the incentive fee, which is referred to as the subordinated incentive fee on income, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based upon our “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter. For purposes of this fee “pre-incentive fee net investment income” means interest income, dividend income and distribution cash flows from equity investments and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses reimbursed under the New Advisory Agreement and our new Administration Agreement, any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the organization and offering expenses and subordinated incentive fee on income). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. The subordinated incentive fee on income will be subject to a quarterly fixed preferred return to investors, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, of 1.5% (6.0% annualized), subject to a “catch up” feature. Operating expenses are included in the calculation of the subordinated incentive fee on income.

We will pay our New Adviser a subordinated incentive fee on income for each calendar quarter as follows:

● No incentive fee will be payable to our New Adviser in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the preferred return rate of 1.5%.

● 100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the preferred return but is less than or equal to 1.875% in any calendar quarter (7.5% annualized). We refer to this portion of our pre-incentive fee net investment income (which exceeds the preferred return but is less than or equal to 1.875%) as the “catch-up.” The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, if our pre-incentive fee net investment income reaches 1.875% in any calendar quarter, our New Adviser will receive 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a preferred return did not apply.

74

● 20.0% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 1.875% in any calendar quarter (7.5% annualized) will be payable to our New Adviser. This reflects that once the preferred return is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20.0% of all pre-incentive fee net investment income thereafter will be allocated to our New Adviser.

Capital Gains Incentive Fee. The second part of the incentive fee, which is referred to as the capital gains incentive fee, is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the New Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 20.00% of our realized capital gains for the calendar year, if any, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation at the end of such year. In determining the capital gains incentive fee payable to the New Adviser, we will calculate the aggregate realized capital gains, aggregate realized capital losses and aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, as applicable, with respect to each investment that has been in our portfolio. For the purpose of this calculation, an “investment” is defined as the total of all rights and claims which may be asserted against a portfolio company arising from our participation in the debt, equity, and other financial instruments issued by that company. Aggregate realized capital gains, if any, equal the sum of the differences between the aggregate net sales price of each investment and the aggregate amortized cost basis of such investment when sold or otherwise disposed. Aggregate realized capital losses equal the sum of the amounts by which the aggregate net sales price of each investment is less than the aggregate amortized cost basis of such investment when sold or otherwise disposed. Aggregate unrealized capital depreciation equals the sum of the differences, if negative, between the aggregate valuation of each investment and the aggregate amortized cost basis of such investment as of the applicable calendar year-end. At the end of the applicable calendar year, the amount of capital gains that serves as the basis for our calculation of the capital gains incentive fee involves netting aggregate realized capital gains against aggregate realized capital losses on a since-inception basis and then reducing this amount by the aggregate unrealized capital depreciation. If this number is positive, then the capital gains incentive fee payable is equal to 20.00% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of any capital gains incentive fees paid since inception. Operating expenses are not taken into account when determining capital gains incentive fees.

Expense Reimbursement Agreement

On March 27, 2014, we and our Adviser agreed to an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement, or the Expense Reimbursement Agreement.). The Expense Reimbursement Agreement was amended and restated effective April 5, 2018. Under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, as amended, our Adviser, in consultation with the Company, may pay up to 100% of both our organizational and offering expenses and our operating expenses, all as determined by us and our Adviser. As used in the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, operating expenses refer to third party operating costs and expenses incurred by us, as determined under generally accepted accounting principles for investment management companies. Organizational and offering expenses include expenses incurred in connection with the organization of our company and expenses incurred in connection with our offering, which are recorded as a component of equity. The Expense Reimbursement Agreement states that until the net proceeds to us from our offering are at least $25 million, our Adviser will pay up to 100% of both our organizational and offering expenses and our operating expenses. After we received at least $25 million in net proceeds from our offering, our Adviser may, with our consent, continue to make expense support payments to us in such amounts as are acceptable to us and our Adviser. Any expense support payments shall be paid by the Adviser to the Company in any combination of cash, and/or offsets against amounts otherwise due from the Company to the Adviser.

Under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement as amended, once we have received at least $25 million in net proceeds from our offering, we are required to reimburse our Adviser for any expense support payments we received from them occurring within three years of the date on which we incurred such expenses However, with respect to any expense support payments attributable to our operating expenses, (i) we will only reimburse our Adviser for expense support payments made by our Adviser to the extent that the payment of such reimbursement (together with any other reimbursement paid during such fiscal year) does not cause “other operating expenses” (as defined below) (on an annualized basis and net of any expense reimbursement payments received by us during such fiscal year) to exceed the percentage of our average net assets attributable to shares of our common stock represented by “other operating expenses” during the fiscal year in which such expense support payment from our Adviser was made (provided, however, that this clause (i) shall not apply to any reimbursement payment which relates to an expense support payment from our Adviser made during the same fiscal year); and (ii) we will not reimburse our Adviser for expense support payments made by our Adviser if the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by us at the time of such reimbursement payment is less than the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by us at the time our Adviser made the expense support payment to which such reimbursement relates. “Other operating expenses” means our total operating expenses excluding base management fees, incentive fees, organization and offering expenses, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses.

75

In addition, with respect to any expense support payment attributable to our organizational and offering expenses, we will only reimburse our Adviser for expense support payments made by our Adviser to the extent that the payment of such reimbursement (together with any other reimbursement for organizational and offering expenses paid during such fiscal year) is limited to 15% of cumulative gross sales proceeds including the sales load (or dealer manager fee) paid by us.

Under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, any unreimbursed expense support payments may be reimbursed by us within a period not to exceed three years from the end of the quarter in which we incurred the expense.

The expense reimbursement agreement terminated on December 31, 2018. Our Adviser has agreed to reimburse a total of $5,292,192 as of December 31, 2018. However, as part of the Merger, if the Merger is completed, the Adviser agreed to waive any amounts owed to it under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement.

Below is a table that provides information regarding expense support payments incurred by our Adviser pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement as well as other information relating to our ability to reimburse our Adviser for such payments: 

Quarter Ended	Amount of Expense Payment Obligation	Amount of Offering Cost Payment Obligation	Operating Expense Ratio as of the Date Expense Payment Obligation Incurred(1)	Annualized Distribution Rate as of the Date Expense Payment Obligation Incurred(2)	Eligible for Reimbursement Through
September 30, 2012	$21,826	$0	432.69%	-	September 30, 2015
December 31, 2012	$26,111	$0	531.09%	-	December 31, 2015
March 31, 2013	$30,819	$0	N/A	-	March 31, 2016
June 30, 2013	$59,062	$0	N/A	-	June 30, 2016
September 30, 2013	$65,161	$0	N/A	-	September 30, 2016
December 31, 2013	$91,378	$0	455.09%	-	December 31, 2016
March 31, 2014	$68,293	$0	148.96%	-	March 31, 2017
June 30, 2014	$70,027	$898,518	23.17%	-	June 30, 2017
September 30, 2014	$92,143	$71,060	20.39%	-	September 30, 2017
December 31, 2014	$115,777	$90,860	11.15%	-	December 31, 2017
March 31, 2015	$134,301	$106,217	13.75%	2.01%	March 31, 2018
June 30, 2015	$166,549	$167,113	14.10%	3.20%	June 30, 2018
September 30, 2015	$147,747	$240,848	10.45%	3.20%	September 30, 2018
December 31, 2015	$136,401	$280,376	7.41%	3.60%	December 31, 2018
March 31, 2016	$157,996	$232,895	6.00%	3.52%	March 31, 2019
June 30, 2016	$206,933	$285,878	4.95%	3.52%	June 30, 2019
September 30, 2016	$201,573	$223,020	4.52%	3.13%	September 30, 2019
December 31, 2016	$104,561	$168,876	4.45%	3.11%	December 31, 2019
March 31, 2017	$80,847	$252,875	4.21%	3.19%	March 31, 2020
June 30, 2017	$0	$176,963	3.98%	3.18%	June 30, 2020
September 30, 2017	$0	$119,188	4.19%	3.00%	September 30, 2020
December 31, 2017	$0	$0	N/A	N/A	N/A

(1) “Operating Expense Ratio” includes all expenses borne by us, except for organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to the Adviser, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses.  we did not achieve its minimum offering amount until June 25, 2014 and as a result, did not invest the proceeds from the offering and realize any income from investments prior to the end of its fiscal quarter.

76

(2) “Annualized Distribution Rate” equals the annualized rate of distributions paid to stockholders based on the amount of the regular cash distribution paid immediately prior to the date the expense support payment obligation was incurred by the Adviser. “Annualized Distribution Rate” does not include special cash or stock distributions paid to stockholders. we did not achieve its minimum offering amount until June 25, 2014 and as a result, did not have an opportunity to invest the proceeds from the offering and realize any income from investments or pay any distributions to stockholders prior to the end of its fiscal quarter.

Beginning the year ended December 31, 2016, the Adviser began to reimburse less than 100% of operating expenses, and for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Adviser did not reimburse any operating expenses after the first quarter. Additionally, the Adviser did not reimburse any operating or offering expenses for the fourth quarter of 2017 and for all of 2018. Of these offering and operating expenses, $3,080,587 has exceeded the three-year period for repayment and will not be repayable by the Company.

The chart below, on a cumulative basis, discloses the components of the Reimbursement due from Sponsor reflected on the chart above:

	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
Operating Expenses	$	1,977,504		$	1,977,504		$	1,896,657
Offering Costs		3,314,687			3,314,687			2,765,662
Due to related party offset		(4,949,476	)		(4,707,407	)		(4,213,469	)
Reimbursements received from Adviser		(342,715	)		(342,715	)		(342,715	)
Other amounts due to affiliates		1,511			15,559			448
Total due from affiliates	$	1,511		$	257,628		$	106,583

Operating Expenses are the amounts reimbursed by the Adviser for our operating costs and Offering Costs are the cumulative amount of organizational and offering expenses reimbursed to us by the Adviser and subject to future reimbursement per the terms of our expense reimbursement agreement.  

Due to related party offset represents the cash the Adviser paid directly for our operating and offering expenses and Reimbursements received from sponsor are the amounts the Adviser paid in cash to us for reimbursement of our operating and offering costs.

Expense Limitation Agreement

If the Merger is completed, we will enter into an expense limitation agreement with our New Adviser (the “ELA”). Pursuant to the ELA, our New Adviser, in its sole discretion, may waive a portion or all of the investment advisory fees that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the New Advisory Agreement in order to limit our Operating Expenses (as defined below) to an annual rate, expressed as a percentage of our average quarterly net assets, equal to 8.00% (the “Annual Limit”).  For purposes of the ELA, the term “Operating Expenses” with respect to the fund, is defined to include all expenses necessary or appropriate for the operation of the fund, including but not limited to our New Adviser’s base management fee, any and all costs and expenses that qualify as line item “organization and offering” expenses in the financial statements of the fund as the same are filed with the SEC and other expenses described in the New Advisory Agreement, but does not include any portfolio transaction or other investment-related costs (including brokerage commissions, dealer and underwriter spreads, prime broker fees and expenses and dividend expenses related to short sales), interest expenses and other financing costs, extraordinary expenses and acquired fund fees and expenses. Upfront shareholder transaction expenses (such as sales commissions, dealer manager fees, and similar expenses) are not Operating Expenses.

Any amount waived pursuant to the ELA is subject to repayment to our New Adviser (an “ELA Reimbursement”) by us within the three years following the end of the quarter in which the waiver was made by our New Adviser. If the ELA is terminated or expires pursuant to its terms, our New Adviser maintains its right to repayment for any waiver it has made under the ELA, subject to the Repayment Limitations (discussed below).

77

Any ELA Reimbursement can be made solely in the event that we have sufficient excess cash on hand at the time of any proposed ELA Reimbursement and shall be limited to the lesser of (i) the excess of the Annual Limit applicable to such quarter over the fund’s actual Operating Expenses for such quarter and (ii) the amount of ELA Reimbursement which, when added to the fund’s expenses for such quarter, permits the fund to pay the then-current aggregate quarterly distribution to its shareholders, at a minimum annualized rate of at least 6.00% (based on the gross offering prices of fund shares) (the “Distribution”) from the sum of (x) the fund’s net investment income (loss) for such quarter plus (y) the fund’s net realized gains (losses) for such quarter (collectively, the “Repayment Limitations”). For the purposes of the calculations pursuant to (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence, any ELA Reimbursement will be treated as an expense of the fund for such quarter, without regard to the GAAP treatment of such expense.  In the event that the fund is unable to make a full payment of any ELA Reimbursements due for any applicable quarter because the fund does not have sufficient excess cash on hand, any such unpaid amount shall become a payable of the fund for accounting purposes and shall be paid when the fund has sufficient cash on hand (subject to the Repayment Limitations); provided, that in the case of any ELA Reimbursements, such payment shall be made no later than the date that is three years following the end of the quarter in which the applicable waiver was made by our New Adviser.

Critical Accounting Policies

This discussion of our expected operating plans is based upon our expected financial statements, which will be prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements will require our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. In addition to the discussion below, we will describe our critical accounting policies in the notes to our future financial statements.

Valuation of Investments

Our board of directors has established procedures for the valuation of our investment portfolio. These procedures are detailed below.

Investments for which market quotations are readily available will be valued at such market quotations. For most of our investments, market quotations will not be available. With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available or when such market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value, our board of directors has approved a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

1. Each portfolio company or investment will be valued by our Adviser, potentially with assistance from one or more independent valuation firms engaged by our board of directors;

2. The independent valuation firm, if involved, will conduct independent appraisals and make an independent assessment of the value of each investment;

3. The audit committee of our board of directors will review and discuss the preliminary valuation prepared by our Adviser and that of the independent valuation firm, if any; and

4. The board of directors will discuss the valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of our Adviser, the independent valuation firm, if any, and the audit committee.

Investments will be valued utilizing a cost approach, a market approach, an income approach, or a combination of approaches, as appropriate. The cost approach is most likely only to be used early in the life of an investment or if we determine that there has been no material change in the investment since purchase. The market

78

approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present value amount, calculated using an appropriate discount rate. The measurement is based on the net present value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the Company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the Company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, M&A comparables, the principal market and enterprise values, among other factors.

We have adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

ASC Topic 820 provides a consistent definition of fair value which focuses on exit price and prioritizes, within a measurement of fair value, the use of market-based inputs over entity-specific inputs. It defines fair value as the price an entity would receive when an asset is sold or when a liability is transferred in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In addition, ASC Topic 820 provides a framework for measuring fair value and establishes a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels of valuation hierarchy established by ASC Topic 820 are defined as follows:

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, accessible by the company at the measurement date.

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other observable inputs other than quoted prices.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

In all cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to each investment.

In accordance with ASC Topic 820, the fair value of our investments is defined as the price that we would receive upon selling an investment in an orderly transaction to an independent buyer in the principal or most advantageous market in which that investment is transacted.

Revenue Recognition

We record interest income on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. For loans and debt securities with contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the principal balance, we generally will not accrue PIK interest for accounting purposes if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is not collectible. We do not accrue as a receivable interest on loans and debt securities for accounting purposes if we have reason to doubt our ability to collect such interest. Original issue discounts, market discounts or premiums are accreted or amortized using the effective interest method as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income. Dividend income, if any, is recognized on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amount.

79

Net Realized Gains or Losses and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation

We will measure net realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized upfront fees and prepayment penalties. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation will reflect the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.

Payment-in-Kind Interest

We may have investments in our portfolio that contain a PIK interest provision. Any PIK interest will be added to the principal balance of such investments and is recorded as income, if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is collectible. In order to maintain our status as a RIC, substantially all of this income must be paid out to stockholders in the form of distributions, even if we have not collected any cash.

Organization and Offering Expenses

The Company has incurred certain expenses in connection with the registration of shares of its common stock for sale as discussed in Note 1 – Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. These costs principally relate to professional fees, fees paid to the SEC and fees paid to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. These costs were included in deferred offering costs in the accompanying balance sheets. Simultaneous with the sale of common shares, the deferred offering costs will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity upon the issuance of shares.

Federal Income Taxes

We elected to be treated, beginning with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders from our tax earnings and profits. To maintain our RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2018, 100% of our debt investments paid variable interest rates. A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to certain variable rate investments we hold and to declines in the value of any fixed rate investments we may hold in the future.

The following table shows the effect over a twelve-month period of changes in interest rates on our interest income, interest expense and net interest income, assuming no changes in our investment portfolio and borrowing arrangements in effect as of December 31, 2018:

LIBOR Basis Point Change	Percentage Change in  Net Interest Income
Down 25 basis points		0.00	%
Current LIBOR		0.00	%
Up 100 basis points		31.44	%
Up 200 basis points		42.68	%
Up 300 basis points		53.93	%

80

Because we may borrow money to make investments, our net investment income may be dependent on the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest these funds. In periods of increasing interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which may reduce our net investment income. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

We may also face risk due to the lack of liquidity in the marketplace which could prevent us from raising sufficient funds to adequately invest in a broad pool of assets. We are subject to other financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. However, at this time, with no portfolio investments, this risk is immaterial.

In addition, we may have risk regarding portfolio valuation. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Portfolio Investments.”

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Index to Financial Statements

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	82
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2018 and 2017	83
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016	84
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016	85
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016	86
Consolidated Schedule of Investments for the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017	87
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	90

81

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of 

Triton Pacific Investment Corporation, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position, including the consolidated schedules of investments of Triton Pacific Investment Corporation, Inc.(a Maryland corporation) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 and the related notes and financial highlights (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Triton Pacific Investment Corporation as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 by correspondence with the custodian or by other auditing procedures where a reply from the custodian was not received. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Chicago, Illinois 

March 29, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

82

TRITON PACIFIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

	December 31,			December 31,
	2018			2017
ASSETS
Affiliate investments, at fair value (amortized cost - $500,000 and $1,916,389 respectively)	$	495,651		$	537,903
Non-affiliate investments, at fair value (amortized cost - $12,007,196 and $11,633,659, respectively)		11,387,198			11,497,635
Cash		5,583,241			5,648,505
Principal and interest receivable		41,317			41,027
Prepaid expenses		2,500			48,091
Reimbursement due from adviser (see Note 4)		—			257,628
Due from affiliates		1,511			—
Deferred offering costs		200,290			84,070
TOTAL ASSETS	$	17,711,708		$	18,114,859
LIABILITIES AND NET ASSETS
LIABILITIES
Payable for investments purchased	$	—		$	990,000
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		812			249,910
Due to related parties (see Note 4)		139,975			25,712
TOTAL LIABILITIES		140,787			1,265,622
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (see Note 9)
NET ASSETS
Common stock, $0.001 par value,
75,000,000 shares authorized,
1,598,577.90 and 1,417,233.32 shares issued and outstanding, respectively		1,598			1,417
Capital in excess of par value		21,183,465			19,033,890
Accumulated (overdistributed) underdistributed net realized gains		(1,416,390	)		65,363
Accumulated distributions in excess of net investment income		(1,573,404	)		(736,923	)
Accumulated unrealized depreciation on investments		(624,348	)		(1,514,510	)
TOTAL NET ASSETS		17,570,921			16,849,237
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND NET ASSETS	$	17,711,708		$	18,114,859
Net asset value per share of common stock at year end	$	10.99		$	11.89

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

83

TRITON PACIFIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016

	Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
INVESTMENT INCOME
Interest from affiliate investments	$	-		$	19,488		$	37,682
Interest from non-control/ non-affiliate investments		1,149,149			752,578			399,999
Fee income from non-control/ non-affiliate investments		15,742			45,382			3,067
Total investment income		1,164,891			817,448			440,748
OPERATING EXPENSES
Management fees		359,120			334,224			225,492
Capital gains incentive fees (see Notes 2 and 4)		-			(334	)		(35,216	)
Administrator expense		318,093			301,986			298,864
Professional fees		416,423			338,552			167,664
Insurance expense		79,262			77,015			66,500
Offering expense		263,289			11,622			-
Other operating expenses		70,278			27,459			17,718
Total operating expenses		1,506,465			1,090,524			741,022
Expense reimbursement from sponsor		-			(80,847	)		(671,062	)
Net operating expenses		1,506,465			1,009,677			69,960
Net investment income (loss)		(341,574	)		(192,229	)		370,788
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN/(LOSS)
Net realized gain (loss) on unaffiliated investments		56,240			91,436			19,731
Net realized gain (loss) on affiliated investments		(1,416,389	)		-			-
Net increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation on unaffiliated investments		(483,974	)		(159,389	)		83,883
Net increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation on affiliated investments		1,374,137			(1,356,787	)		(259,965	)
Total net realized and unrealized loss on investments		(469,986	)		(1,424,740	)		(156,351	)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS  FROM OPERATIONS	$	(811,560	)	$	(1,616,969	)	$	214,437
PER SHARE INFORMATION - Basic and Diluted
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per share	$	(0.53	)	$	(1.34	)	$	0.28
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted		1,522,181			1,203,418			777,680

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

84

TRITON PACIFIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016

	For the Year Ended December 31,			For the Year Ended December 31,			For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
Operations
Net investment income (loss)	$	(341,574	)	$	(192,229	)	$	370,788
Net realized gain (loss) on investments		(1,360,149	)		91,436			19,731
Net increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation on investments		890,163			(1,516,176	)		(176,082	)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		(811,560	)		(1,616,969	)		214,437
Stockholder distributions (see Note 5)
Distributions from net investment income		(494,910	)		(493,061	)		(396,050	)
Distributions from net realized gain on investments		(121,604	)		(47,998	)		-
Net decrease in net assets resulting from stockholder distributions		(616,514	)		(541,059	)		(396,050	)
Capital share transactions
Issuance of common stock (see Note 3)		1,880,415			5,779,405			6,102,191
Reinvestment of stockholder distributions (see Note 3)		346,702			291,697			215,591
Repurchase of shares of common stock		(77,359	)		(292,539	)		(234,120	)
Net increase in net assets resulting from capital share transactions		2,149,758			5,778,563			6,083,662
Total increase in net assets		721,684			3,620,535			5,902,049
Net assets at beginning of year		16,849,237			13,228,702			7,326,653
Net assets at end of year	$	17,570,921		$	16,849,237		$	13,228,702
Accumulated distributions in excess of net investment income	$	(1,573,404	)	$	(736,923	)	$	(51,629	)
Accumulated (overdistributed) underdistributed net realized gains	$	(1,416,390	)	$	65,363		$	21,925

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

85

TRITON PACIFIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION, INC. 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2017 AND 2016

	Year Ended			Year Ended			Year Ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	(811,560	)	$	(1,616,969	)	$	214,437
Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Purchases of investments		(4,426,250	)		(7,112,875	)		(6,285,875	)
Proceeds from sales and repayments of investments		4,142,312			4,308,024			1,110,406
Net realized gain (loss) from investments		1,360,149			(91,436	)		(19,731	)
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments		(890,163	)		1,516,176			176,082
Accretion of discount		(33,359	)		(31,766	)		(18,636	)
Net increase in paid-in-kind interest		-			(19,488	)		(37,682	)
Amortization of deferred offering costs		263,289			11,622			-
Change in assets and liabilities
Principal and interest receivable		(290	)		(21,722	)		(7,598	)
Receivable for investments sold and repaid		-			-			-
Prepaid expenses		45,591			(2,039	)		(12,446	)
Reimbursement due from Adviser		257,628			(151,045	)		118,914
Due from affiliates		(1,511	)		-			-
Payable for investments purchased		(990,000	)		(71,625	)		1,061,625
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities		(249,098	)		24,910			-
Due to related parties		114,263			(7,401	)		(14,644	)
NET CASH USED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES		(1,218,999	)		(3,265,634	)		(3,715,148	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issuance of common stock		1,880,415			5,779,405			6,317,782
Payments on repurchases of shares of common stock		(77,359	)		(292,539	)		(234,120	)
Stockholder distributions		(269,812	)		(249,362	)		(396,050	)
Increases in distributions payable		-			(16,574	)		4,096
Offering costs		(379,509	)		(95,692	)		-
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES		1,153,735			5,125,238			5,691,708
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH		(65,264	)		1,859,604			1,976,560
CASH - BEGINNING OF YEAR	$	5,648,505		$	3,788,901		$	1,812,341
CASH  - END OF YEAR	$	5,583,241		$	5,648,505		$	3,788,901

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

86

TRITON PACIFIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2018

Portfolio Company	Footnotes	Industry	Rate(b)	Base Rate Floor	Maturity	Principal Amount/ Number of Shares		Amortized Cost(d)		Fair Value(c)
Senior Secured Loans—First Lien—40.13%
LSF9 Atlantis Holdings, LLC		Telecommunications	L+6.00% (8.38%)	2.38%	5/1/2023	$	481,250	$	477,579	$	459,394
California Pizza Kitchen, Inc.		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+6.00% (8.53%)	2.53%	8/23/2022		342,125		340,025		332,717
CareerBuilder		Business Services	L+6.75% (9.55%)	2.80%	7/31/2023		369,112		357,632		367,266
Deluxe Entertainment Services Group, Inc.		Media: Diversified and Production	L+5.50% (8.03%)	2.53%	2/28/2020		331,362		327,674		293,255
Flavors Holdings, Inc. Tranche B		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+5.75% (8.55%)	2.80%	4/3/2020		98,438		97,342		91,547
GK Holdings, Inc.		Business Services	L+6.00% (8.80%)	2.80%	1/20/2021		120,000		119,709		111,000
GoWireless Holdings, Inc.		Consumer Services	L+6.50% (9.02%)	2.52%	12/22/2024		475,000		470,700		462,135
InfoGroup Inc.		Business Services	L+5.00% (7.80%)	2.80%	4/3/2023		491,250		487,704		487,566
Isagenix International LLC		Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals	L+5.75% (8.55%)	2.80%	6/14/2025		487,500		482,986		474,094
McAfee LLC		Business Services	L+3.75% (6.27%)	2.52%	9/30/2024		244,116		242,059		238,318
Moran Foods, LLC		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+6.00% (8.80%)	2.80%	12/5/2023		343,000		335,625		171,500
Prospect Medical Holdings, Inc.		Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals	L+5.50% (7.94%)	2.44%	2/22/2024		496,250		487,697		491,598
Quidditch Acquisition, Inc.		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+7.00% (9.47%)	2.47%	3/21/2025		496,250		487,348		493,769
Vero Parent Inc (Sahara)		Business Services	L+4.50% (7.02%)	2.52%	8/16/2024		345,634		342,793		342,502
Strike, LLC		Energy: Oil & Gas	L+8.00% (10.59%)	2.59%	11/30/2022		315,000		308,192		315,394
Travel Leaders Group, LLC		Hotel, Gaming & Leisure	L+4.00% (6.46%)	2.46%	1/25/2024		497,500		497,242		494,806
TruGreen Limited Partnership		Consumer Services	L+4.00% (6.42%)	2.42%	4/13/2023		342,169		338,899		339,602
Verdesian Life Sciences LLC		Wholesale Trade-Nondurable Goods	L+5.00% (7.53%)	2.53%	7/1/2020		196,256		195,645		184,480
Wirepath LLC		Consumer Services	L+4.00% (6.71%)	2.71%	8/5/2024		493,771		491,728		482,662
Yak Access LLC		Construction & Building	L+5.00% (7.52%)	2.52%	7/11/2025		496,875		482,840		417,375
Total Senior Secured Loans—First Lien						$	7,462,858	$	7,371,419	$	7,050,980
Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien—24.68%
DG Investment Intermediate Holdings 2 Inc.		Business Services	L+6.75% (9.27%)	2.5%	2/2/2026		500,000		497,785		477,500
Encino Acquisition Partners Holdings, LLC		Energy: Oil & Gas	L+6.75% (9.09%)	2.3%	10/29/2025		500,000		495,088		477,500
Flavors Holdings, Inc.		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+10.00% (12.80%)	2.8%	10/3/2021		125,000		123,067		116,875
FullBeauty Brands Holding		High Tech Industries	L+9.00% (11.53%)	2.5%	10/13/2023		250,000		219,536		12,500
GK Holdings, Inc.		Business Services	L+10.25% (13.05%)	2.8%	1/21/2022		125,000		123,922		103,750
Inmar		Business Services	L+8.00% (10.52%)	2.5%	5/1/2025		500,000		494,044		495,000
McAfee LLC		Business Services	L+8.50% (11.01%)	2.5%	9/29/2025		458,332		455,789		456,423
Neustar, Inc.		High Tech Industries	L+8.00% (10.52%)	2.5%	8/8/2025		749,792		740,705		738,545
NPC International, Inc.		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+7.50% (10.02%)	2.5%	4/18/2025		500,000		499,086		472,500
Oxbow Carbon LLC		Metals & Mining	L+7.50% (10.02%)	2.5%	1/4/2024		500,000		495,758		495,625
Patriot Container Corp.		Environmental	L+7.75% (10.26%)	2.5%	3/20/2026		500,000		490,997		490,000
Total Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien						$	4,708,124	$	4,635,777	$	4,336,218
Equity/Other—2.82%
ACON IWP Investors I, L.L.C.	(a)	Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals					500,000		500,000		495,651
Total Equity/Other							500,000	$	500,000	$	495,651
TOTAL INVESTMENTS—67.63%								$	12,507,196	$	11,882,849
OTHER ASSETS IN EXCESS OF LIABILITIES—32.37%										$	5,688,072
NET ASSETS - 100.00%										$	17,570,921

(a) Affiliated investment as defined by the 1940 Act, whereby the Company owns between 5% and 25% of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities and the investments are not classified as controlled investments. Affiliated funds that are managed by an affiliate of Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC also hold investments in this security. The aggregate fair value of non-controlled, affiliated investments at December 31, 2018 represented 2.82% of the Company’s net assets. Fair value as of December 31, 2018 along with transactions during the period ended December 31, 2018 in affiliated investments were as follows:

					Year ended ended December 31, 2018
Non-controlled, Affiliated Investments	Number of Shares		Fair Value at December 31, 2017		Gross Additions (Cost)*		Gross Reductions (Cost)**		Unrealized Change in FMV			Net Realized Gain (Loss)			Fair Value at December 31, 2018		Interest & Dividends Credited to Income
ACON IWP Investors I, L.L.C.		500,000	$	537,903	$	-	$	-	$	(42,252	)	$	-		$	495,651	$	-
Javlin Capital, LLC, Convertible Note		666,389		-		-		-		666,389			(666,389	)		-		-
Javlin Capital, LLC, C-2 Preferred Units		214,286		-		-		-		750,000			(750,000	)		-		-
Total			$	537,903	$	-	$	-	$	1,374,137			(1,416,389	)	$	495,651	$	-

*Gross additions include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new portfolio investments, PIK interest, the amortization of unearned income, the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities and the movement of an existing portfolio company into this category from a different category.

**Gross reductions include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments or sales, the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities and the movement of an existing portfolio company out of this category into a different category.

(b) The majority of the investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or “L”) or Prime Rate (“Prime” or “P”) which reset daily, monthly, quarterly, or semiannually. For each such investment, the Company has provided the spread over LIBOR or Prime and the current contractual interest rate in effect at December 31, 2018. Certain investments are subject to a LIBOR or Prime interest rate floor. As of December 31, 2018, the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, was 2.79700%.

(c) Fair value and market value are determined by the Company’s board of directors (see Note 7.)

(d) See Note 5 for a discussion of the tax cost of the portfolio.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

87

TRITON PACIFIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017

Portfolio Company	Footnotes	Industry	Rate(b)	Base Rate Floor	Maturity	Principal Amount/ Number of Shares		Amortized Cost(f)		Fair Value(c)
Senior Secured Loans—First Lien—45.65%
LSF9 Atlantis Holdings, LLC		Telecommunications	L+6.00% (7.36%)	1.4%	5/1/2023	$	493,750	$	489,235	$	496,322
California Pizza Kitchen, Inc.		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+6.00% (7.57%)	1.6%	8/19/2022		345,625		342,933		339,577
CareCentrix, Inc.		Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals	L+5.00% (6.69%)	1.7%	7/8/2021		195,500		192,300		196,966
CareerBuilder		Business Services	L+6.75% (8.44%)	1.7%	7/27/2023		493,750		479,771		481,406
Coronado Group LLC		Metals & Mining	L+7.00% (8.33%)	1.3%	6/6/2023		386,565		372,948		390,431
CRCI Holdings, Inc.		Business Services	L+5.50% (7.19%)	1.7%	8/31/2023		324,563		321,740		325,781
Deluxe Entertainment Services Group, Inc.		Media: Diversified and Production	L+5.50% (6.88%)	1.4%	2/28/2020		340,762		333,958		334,586
Flavors Holdings, Inc. Tranche B		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+5.75% (7.44%)	1.7%	4/3/2020		104,687		102,670		97,098
GK Holdings, Inc.		Business Services	L+6.00% (7.69%)	1.7%	1/20/2021		121,250		120,778		97,364
GoWireless Holdings, Inc.		Consumer Services	L+6.50% (8.16%)	1.7%	12/20/2024		500,000		495,000		496,250
IG Investments Holdings, LLC		Business Services	L+3.50% (5.19%)	1.7%	10/29/2021		345,543		344,239		349,431
InfoGroup Inc.		Business Services	L+5.00% (6.69%)	1.7%	3/28/2023		496,250		491,871		493,769
Jackson Hewitt, Inc.		Business Services	L+7.00% (8.38%)	1.4%	7/30/2020		186,139		183,882		184,509
McAfee LLC		Business Services	L+4.50% (6.07%)	1.6%	9/27/2024		249,375		246,960		248,930
Moran Foods, LLC		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+6.00% (7.57%)	1.6%	12/5/2023		346,500		337,622		278,718
Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc		Consumer Services	L+5.25% (6.82%)	1.6%	7/1/2019		317,021		316,483		318,275
Raley’s		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+5.25% (6.82%)	1.6%	5/18/2022		285,967		285,967		289,184
Sahara Parent Inc		Business Services	L+5.00% (6.69%)	1.7%	8/16/2024		349,125		345,783		341,598
SITEL Worldwide Corporation		Business Services	L+5.50% (6.88%)	1.4%	9/20/2021		195,500		195,212		196,314
Strike, LLC		Energy: Oil & Gas	L+8.00% (9.50%)	1.5%	11/30/2022		332,500		323,942		337,488
Travel Leaders Group, LLC		Hotel, Gaming & Leisure	L+4.50% (5.92%)	1.4%	1/25/2024		347,379		345,866		352,809
TruGreen Limited Partnership		Consumer Services	L+4.00% (5.54%)	1.5%	4/13/2023		345,634		341,640		351,036
Verdesian Life Sciences LLC		Wholesale Trade-Nondurable Goods	L+5.00% (6.38%)	1.4%	7/1/2020		208,335		207,283		187,502
Wirepath LLC		Consumer Services	L+5.25% (6.87%)	1.6%	8/5/2024		498,750		496,340		505,608
Total Senior Secured Loans—First Lien						$	7,810,470	$	7,714,423	$	7,690,952
Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien—22.59%
Flavors Holdings, Inc.		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+10.00% (11.69%)	1.7%	10/7/2021		125,000		122,343		101,250
FullBeauty Brands Holding		High Tech Industries	L+9.00% (10.57%)	1.6%	10/13/2023		250,000		218,903		73,334
GK Holdings, Inc.		Business Services	L+10.25% (11.94%)	1.7%	1/21/2022		125,000		123,559		93,125
Inmar		Business Services	L+8.00% (9.42%)	1.4%	5/1/2025		500,000		493,103		502,813
McAfee LLC		Business Services	L+8.50% (10.07%)	1.6%	9/26/2025		500,000		496,986		502,504
Neustar, Inc.		High Tech Industries	L+8.00% (9.40%)	1.4%	2/28/2025		750,000		739,275		759,844
NPC International, Inc.		Beverage, Food & Tobacco	L+7.50 (9.05%)	1.6%	3/28/2025		500,000		498,135		512,500
Oxbow Carbon LLC		Metals & Mining	L+7.00 (8.24%)	1.2%	1/19/2020		250,000		240,350		250,938
Oxbow Carbon LLC		Metals & Mining	L+6.00 (10.50%)	4.5%	1/4/2024		500,000		495,034		502,500
Rocket Software, Inc.		Business Services	L+9.50% (11.19%)	1.7%	10/14/2024		500,000		491,548		507,875
Total Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien						$	4,000,000	$	3,919,236	$	3,806,683

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

88

TRITON PACIFIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 (CONTINUED)

Portfolio Company	Footnotes	Industry	Rate(b)		Base Rate Floor	Maturity		Principal Amount/ Number of Shares		Amortized Cost(f)		Fair Value(c)
Subordinated Convertible Debt—0.00%
Javlin Capital LLC Subordinated Convertible Note	(a) (e)	Specialty Finance		6.00%			3/31/2020		666,389		666,389		-
Total Subordinated Convertible Debt								$	666,389	$	666,389	$	-
Equity/Other—3.19%
ACON IWP Investors I, L.L.C.	(a)	Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals							500,000		500,000		537,903
Javlin Capital LLC Class C-2 Preferred Units	(a) (d) (e)	Specialty Finance							214,286		750,000		-
Total Equity/Other									714,286	$	1,250,000	$	537,903
TOTAL INVESTMENTS—71.43%										$	13,550,048	$	12,035,538
OTHER ASSETS IN EXCESS OF LIABILITIES—28.57%												$	4,813,699
NET ASSETS - 100.00%												$	16,849,237

(a) Affiliated investment as defined by the 1940 Act, whereby the Company owns between 5% and 25% of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities and the investments are not classified as controlled investments. Affiliated funds that are managed by an affiliate of Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC also hold investments in this security. The aggregate fair value of non-controlled, affiliated investments at December 31, 2017 represented 68.24% of the Company’s net assets. Fair value as of December 31, 2017 along with transactions during the period ended December 31, 2017 in affiliated investments were as follows:

			Year Ended December 31, 2017
Non-controlled, Affiliated Investments	Fair Value at December 31, 2016		Gross Additions (Cost)*		Gross Reductions (Cost)**		Fair Value at December 31, 2017		Net Realized Gain (Loss)		Interest & Dividends Credited to Income
ACON IWP Investors I, L.L.C.	$	691,072	$	-	$	-	$	537,903	$	-	$	-
Javlin Capital, LLC, Convertible Note		646,901		19,488		-		-		-		19,488
Javlin Capital, LLC, C-2 Preferred Units		537,229		-		-		-		-		-
Total	$	1,875,202	$	19,488	$	-	$	537,903	$	-	$	19,488

*Gross additions include increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new portfolio investments, PIK interest, the amortization of unearned income, the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities and the movement of an existing portfolio company into this category from a different category.

**Gross reductions include decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments or sales, the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities and the movement of an existing portfolio company out of this category into a different category.

(b) The majority of the investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or “L”) or Prime Rate (“Prime” or “P”) which reset daily, monthly, quarterly, or semiannually. For each such investment, the Company has provided the spread over LIBOR or Prime and the current contractual interest rate in effect at December 31, 2017. Certain investments are subject to a LIBOR or Prime interest rate floor. As of December 31, 2017, the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, was 1.69465%.

(c) Fair value and market value are determined by the Company’s board of directors (see Note 7.)

(d) Security held within TPJ Holdings, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. See Note 2 for a discussion on the basis of consolidation.

(e) The investment is not a qualifying asset under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. A business development company may not acquire any asset other than a qualifying asset, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the business development company’s total assets. As of December 31, 2017, 100% of the Company’s total assets represented qualifying assets.

(f) See Note 5 for a discussion of the tax cost of the portfolio.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

89

TRITON PACIFIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION, INC. 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 – DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Triton Pacific Investment Corporation, Inc. (the “Company”), incorporated in Maryland on April 29, 2011, is publicly registered, non-traded fund focused on private equity, structured as a business development company, that primarily makes structured equity and debt investments in small to mid-sized private U.S. companies. Structured equity refers to derivative investment products, including convertible notes and warrants, designed to facilitate highly customized risk-return objectives. Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue 75,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. Additionally, the Company is authorized to issue 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. The Company is currently offering for sale a maximum of $300,000,000 of shares of common stock on a “best efforts” basis pursuant to a registration statement on Form N-2 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Offering”). On June 25, 2014, the Company met its minimum offering requirement of $2,500,000 and released all shares held in escrow.

The Company invests either alone or together with other private equity sponsors. The Company is an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the Company Act. As a BDC, the Company is required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. The Company has elected to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and intends to annually qualify as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has one wholly-owned subsidiary through which it held an interest in a non-controlled, affiliated portfolio company. The consolidated financial statements include both the Company’s accounts and the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiary as of December 31, 2018. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company’s consolidated subsidiary is subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. No taxes were accrued or paid by the wholly-owned subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

As a BDC, we are subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. For example, we generally will not be permitted to co-invest alongside our Adviser, including TPCP and certain of its affiliates, unless we obtain an exemptive order from the SEC or the transaction is otherwise permitted under existing regulatory guidance, such as syndicated transactions where price is the only negotiated term, and approval from our independent directors. We have applied for an exemptive relief order for co-investments, though there is no assurance that such exemptions will be granted, and in either instance, conflicts of interests with affiliates of our Adviser might exist. Should such conflicts of interest arise, we and the Adviser have developed policies and procedures for dealing with such conflicts which require the Adviser to (i) execute such transactions for all of the participating investment accounts, including ours, on a fair and equitable basis, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, the then-current investment objectives and portfolio positions of each party, and any other factors deemed appropriate and (ii) endeavor to obtain the advice of Adviser personnel not directly involved with the investment giving rise to the conflict as to such appropriateness and other factors as well as the fairness to all parties of the investment and its terms. We intend to make all of our investments in compliance with the Company Act and in a manner that will not jeopardize our status as a BDC or RIC.

Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC (“Adviser”) serves as the Investment Adviser and TFA Associates, LLC (“TFA”) serves as the Administrator. Each of these entities are affiliated with Triton Pacific Group, Inc., a private equity investment management firm, and its subsidiary Triton Pacific Capital Partners, LLC, a private equity investment fund management company, each focused on debt and equity investments for small to mid-sized private companies.

The Adviser was formed in Delaware as a private investment management firm and is registered as an investment adviser with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or the Advisers Act. The Adviser oversees the management of the Company’s activities and is responsible for making the investment decisions for the portfolio.

On August 10, 2018, we entered into a definitive agreement with Pathway Capital Opportunity Fund, Inc. (“PWAY”) pursuant to which PWAY will merge with and into us, with Triton Pacific Investment Corporation, Inc.

90

(“TPIC”) as the combined surviving company, which will be renamed as TP Flexible Income Fund, Inc. That definitive agreement was amended effective February 12, 2019. In this report, we refer to the merger with PWAY as the “Merger” and the definitive agreement (as amended) with PWAY relating to the Merger as the “Merger Agreement.” The boards of directors of both PWAY and TPIC approved the Merger. The Merger is subject to a number of conditions to closing, including approval by our stockholders and the stockholders of PWAY and is expected to close after the date of this report.

If completed, the Merger will result in significant changes to us, including the following:

● New Investment Adviser. Prospect Flexible Income Management, LLC, who we refer to as the New Adviser, will serve as our investment adviser. The New Adviser is an affiliate of PWAY and the investment professionals of PWAY’s investment adviser have investment discretion at the Adviser.

● Increased Leverage. Following the Merger, our asset coverage ratio requirement will be reduced from 200% to 150%, which will allow us to incur double the maximum amount of leverage that was previously permitted. As a result, we will be able to borrow substantially more money and take on substantially more debt than we are currently able to. Leverage may increase the risk of loss to investors and is generally considered a speculative investment technique.

● Special Repurchase Offer. As a condition to being able to increase our leverage, we will offer to repurchase certain of our outstanding shares. In connection with this special repurchase offer, stockholders should be aware that:

○ Only stockholders of TPIC as of the date of our annual stockholder meeting, will be allowed to participate in the special repurchase offer, and they may have up to 100% of their shares repurchased (former stockholders of PWAY will not be able to participate).

○ If a substantial number of the eligible stockholders take advantage of this opportunity, it could minimize or eliminate the expected benefits of the Merger and it could:

▪ significantly decrease our asset size;

▪ require us to sell our investments earlier than the Adviser would have otherwise desired, which may result in selling investments at inopportune times or significantly depressed prices and/or at losses; or

▪ cause us to incur additional leverage solely to meet repurchase requests.

● New Board of Directors. Following the Merger, the composition of our board of directors will change and will consist of Craig J. Faggen, our current President and Chief Executive Officer, M. Grier Eliasek, PWAY’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Andrew Cooper, William Gremp and Eugene Stark. Messrs. Cooper, Gremp and Stark are all currently independent directors of PWAY.

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The Company is considered an investment company under GAAP and follows the accounting and reporting guidance applicable to investment companies under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 946, Financial Services – Investment Companies . The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Management Estimates and Assumptions. The preparation of audited, consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

91

Cash. All cash balances are maintained with high credit quality financial institutions which are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company maintains cash balances that may exceed federally insured limits.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments. The Company determines the net asset value of its investment portfolio each quarter. Securities that are publicly-traded are valued at the reported closing price on the valuation date. Securities that are not publicly-traded are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. In connection with that determination, the Adviser provides the Company’s board of directors with portfolio company valuations which are based on relevant inputs which may include indicative dealer quotes, values of like securities, recent portfolio company financial statements and forecasts, and valuations prepared by third-party valuation services.

Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, or ASC Topic 820, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, clarifies the definition of fair value and requires companies to expand their disclosure about the use of fair value to measure assets and liabilities in interim and annual periods subsequent to initial recognition. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, which includes inputs such as quoted prices for similar securities in active markets and quoted prices for identical securities where there is little or no activity in the market; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Company undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

●      the Company’s quarterly valuation process begins with the Adviser’s management team providing a preliminary valuation of each portfolio company or investment to the Company’s board of directors, which valuation may be obtained from an independent valuation firm or Adviser, if applicable;

●      preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with the Company’s board of directors;

●     the Company’s board of directors reviews the preliminary valuation and the Adviser’s management team, together with its independent valuation firm, if applicable, responds and supplements the preliminary valuation to reflect any comments provided by the board of directors; and

●      the Company’s board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in the Company’s portfolio in good faith based on various statistical and other factors, including the input and recommendation of the Adviser and any third-party valuation firm, if applicable.

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, these notes to the Company’s financial statements refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations and any change in such valuations on the Company’s financial statements. Below is a description of factors that the Company’s board of directors may consider when valuing the Company’s debt and equity investments.

Valuation of fixed income investments, such as loans and debt securities, depends upon a number of factors, including prevailing interest rates for like securities, expected volatility in future interest rates, call features, put features and other relevant terms of the debt. For investments without readily available market prices, the Company may incorporate these factors into discounted cash flow models to arrive at fair value. Other factors that the Company’s board of directors may consider include the borrower’s ability to adequately service its debt, the fair market value of the portfolio company in relation to the face amount of its outstanding debt and the quality of collateral securing the Company’s debt investments. The determination of fair market value for the equity positions were determined by considering, among other factors, various income scenarios and multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues, market comparables, book value multiples, economic profits and portfolio multiples.

92

The fair values of the Company’s investments are determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors. The Company’s board of directors is solely responsible for the valuation of the Company’s portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to the Company’s valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process.

Revenue Recognition. Security transactions are accounted for on the trade date. The Company records interest income on an accrual basis to the extent it expects to collect such amounts. The Company records dividend income on the ex-dividend date. The Company does not accrue as a receivable interest or dividends on loans and securities if it has reason to doubt its ability to collect such income. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount are capitalized and the Company amortizes such amounts as interest income over the respective term of the loan or security. Upon the prepayment of a loan or security, any unamortized loan origination fees and original issue discount are recorded as interest income. Upfront structuring fees are recorded as fee income when earned. The Company records prepayment premiums on loans and securities as fee income when it receives such amounts.

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASC Topic 606. Using the cumulative effect method applied to in-scope contracts with, the Company did not recognize a cumulative effect on stockholders’ equity in connection with the adoption of the new revenue recognition guidance.

Paid-In-Kind Interest. The company has certain investments in its portfolio that contain a payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest provision, which represents contractual interest or dividends that are added to the principal balance and recorded as income. For the year ended December 31, 2018, interest income did not include any PIK interest. For the year ended December 31, 2017, interest income included $19,488 of PIK interest. For the year ended December 31, 2016, interest income included $37,682 of PIK interest. The Company stops accruing PIK interest when it is determined that PIK interest is no longer collectible. As of July 1, 2017, the Company stopped accruing PIK interest on the subordinated convertible note made by Javlin Financial LLC (“Javlin Financial”). To maintain RIC tax treatment, and to avoid corporate tax, substantially all of this income must be paid out to the stockholders in the form of distributions, even though the Company has not yet collected the cash.

Net Realized Gains or Losses, and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation. Gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated by using the specific identification method. The Company measures realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized upfront fees. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized gains or losses when gains or losses are realized.

Capital Gains Incentive Fees. The Company has entered into an investment advisory agreement with the Adviser dated as of July 27, 2012. Pursuant to the terms of the investment advisory agreement, the Incentive Fee shall be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each quarter, upon liquidation of the Company or upon termination of this Agreement, as of the termination date, and shall equal 20.0% of the Company’s realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of each quarter, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid Incentive Fees. There were no fees accrued for the year ended December 31, 2018. The fees for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $($334), all of which was for Incentive Fees calculated on unrealized gains. The fees for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $($35,216), all of which was for Incentive Fees calculated on unrealized gains.

For purposes of calculating the foregoing: (1) the calculation of the Incentive Fee shall include any capital gains that result from cash distributions that are treated as a return of capital; (2) any such return of capital shall be treated as a decrease in the Company’s cost basis of an investment; and (3) all fiscal year-end valuations shall be determined by the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applicable provisions of the Company Act (even if such valuation is made prior to the date on which the Company has elected to be regulated as a BDC) and the Company’s pricing procedures. In determining the Incentive Fee payable to the Adviser, the Company will calculate the aggregate realized capital gains, aggregate realized capital losses and aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, as applicable, with respect to each of the investments in its portfolio. For this purpose, aggregate

93

realized capital gains, if any, will equal the sum of the differences between the net sales price of each investment, when sold, and the original cost of such investment since inception. Aggregate realized capital losses will equal the sum of the amounts by which the net sales price of each investment, when sold, is less than the cost of such investment since inception. Aggregate unrealized capital depreciation will equal the sum of the difference, if negative, between the valuation of each investment as of the applicable date and the original cost of such investment. At the end of the applicable period, the amount of capital gains that serves as the basis for the Company’s calculation of the Incentive Fees will equal the aggregate realized capital gains less aggregate realized capital losses and less aggregate unrealized capital depreciation with respect to its portfolio of investments. If this number is positive at the end of such period, then the Incentive Fees for such period will be equal to 20% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of any Incentive Fees paid in respect of its portfolio in all prior periods.

Offering Costs. The Company will incur certain expenses in connection with registering to sell shares of its common stock in connection with the Offering. These costs principally relate to issuer costs for advertising and sales, printing and marketing costs, professional and filing fees. Upon recognition or repayment to the Adviser of these costs, they will be capitalized as deferred offering expenses and then subsequently expensed over a 12-month period. The Adviser may reimburse the Company for all or part of these amounts pursuant to the Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement (“Expense Reimbursement Agreement”) discussed below. As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, $0, $3,314,687 and $2,765,661, respectively, of offering costs have been reclassified and included as part of the Expense Reimbursement Agreement and accordingly included in Reimbursement due from the Adviser. Of these Offering Expenses, $1,854,992 has exceeded the three-year period for repayment and will not be repayable by the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company incurred $379,509 in offering costs that were not reimbursed by the Sponsor, of which $263,289 was expensed by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2018, and $11,622 was expensed by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2017. Should the merger close, all amounts reimbursable under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement will no longer be payable by the Company.

Distributions. Distributions to the Company’s stockholders are recorded as of the record date. Subject to the discretion of the Company’s board of directors and applicable legal restrictions, the Company intends to authorize and declare ordinary cash distributions on a monthly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly basis.

Income Taxes. The Company has elected to be treated for federal income tax purposes, and intends to annually qualify thereafter, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Generally, a RIC is exempt from federal income taxes if it distributes at least 90% of “Investment Company Taxable Income,” as defined in the Code, each year. Dividends paid up to 8.5 months after the current tax year can be carried back to the prior tax year for determining the dividends paid in such tax year. The Company intends to distribute sufficient dividends to maintain its RIC status each year. The Company is also subject to nondeductible federal excise taxes if it does not distribute at least 98% of net ordinary income, 98.2% of capital gain income, if any, and any recognized and undistributed income from prior years for which it paid no federal excise tax. The Company will generally endeavor each year to avoid any federal excise taxes.

GAAP requires management to evaluate tax positions taken by the Company and recognize a tax liability if the Company has taken an uncertain position that more likely than not would not be sustained upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or other tax authorities. Management has analyzed the tax positions taken by the Company, and has concluded that as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, there are no uncertain positions taken or expected to be taken that would require recognition of a liability or disclosure in the financial statements. The Company is subject to routine audits by the Internal Revenue Service or other tax authorities, generally for three years after the tax returns are filed; however, there are currently no audits for any tax periods in progress.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements. In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement—Disclosures Framework—Changes to Disclosure Requirements of Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), or ASU 2018-13. ASU 2018-13 introduces new fair value disclosure requirements and eliminates and modifies certain existing fair value disclosure requirements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2018-13 on its financial statements.

94

NOTE 3 – SHARE TRANSACTIONS

Below is a summary of transactions with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2018					2017					2016
	Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount
Gross proceeds from Offering		158,266.54	$	2,080,405			440,963.13	$	6,385,593			444,847.84	$	6,683,706
Reinvestment of Distributions		29,466.05		346,702			22,461.05		291,697			15,548.74		215,591
Commissions and Dealer Manager Fees				(199,991	)				(606,188	)				(581,515	)
Net Proceeds to Company from Share Transactions		187,732.59	$	2,227,116			463,424.18	$	6,071,102			460,396.58	$	6,317,782

Status of Continuous Public Offering

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company sold 158,266.54, 440,963.13, and 444,847.84 shares of common stock, respectively, for gross proceeds of approximately $2,080,405, $6,385,593, and $6,683,706, at an average price per share of $13.14, $14.48, and $15.02, respectively. The increase in Capital in excess of par value during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 also includes reinvested stockholder distributions of $346,702, $291,697, and $215,591, respectively, for which the Company issued 29,466.05, 22,461.05, and 15,548.74 shares of common stock, respectively.

The proceeds from the issuance of common stock as presented on the accompanying statements of changes in net assets and statements of cash flows are presented net of selling commissions and dealer manager fees of $199,991, $606,188, and $581,515 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Share Repurchase Program

The Company intends to continue to conduct quarterly tender offers pursuant to its share repurchase program. The Company’s board of directors will consider the following factors, among others, in making its determination regarding whether to cause the Company to offer to repurchase shares of common stock and under what terms:

● the effect of such repurchases on the Company’s qualification as a RIC (including the consequences of any necessary asset sales);

● the liquidity of the Company’s assets (including fees and costs associated with disposing of assets);

● the Company’s investment plans and working capital requirements;

● the relative economies of scale with respect to the Company’s size;

● the Company’s history in repurchasing shares of common stock or portions thereof; and

● the condition of the securities markets.

The Company currently intends to limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased during any calendar year to the number of shares of common stock it can repurchase with the proceeds it receives from the issuance of shares of common stock under its distribution reinvestment plan. At the discretion of the Company’s board of directors, the Company may also use cash on hand, cash available from borrowings and cash from the liquidation of securities investments as of the end of the applicable period to repurchase shares of common stock. In addition, the Company will limit the number of shares of common stock to be repurchased in any calendar year to 10% of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding in the prior calendar year, or 2.5% in each calendar quarter, though the actual number of shares of common stock that the Company offers to repurchase may be less in light of the limitations noted above.

Our board of directors reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to limit the number of shares to be repurchased for each class by applying the limitations on the number of shares to be repurchased, noted above, on a per class basis. We further anticipate that we will offer to repurchase such shares on each date of repurchase at a price equal to 90% of the current offering price on each date of repurchase. If the amount of repurchase requests exceeds the number of shares we seek to repurchase, we will repurchase shares on a pro-rata basis. As a result, we may repurchase less than the full amount of shares that stockholders submit for repurchase. If we do not repurchase the full amount of the

95

shares that stockholders have requested to be repurchased, or we determine not to make repurchases of our shares, stockholders may not be able to dispose of their shares. Any periodic repurchase offers will be subject in part to our available cash and compliance with the Company Act. 

The following table provides information concerning the Company’s repurchase of shares of common stock during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (no repurchases were made prior to 2016):

For the Three Months Ended	Repurchase Date	Shares Repurchased		Percentage of Shares Tendered That Were Repurchased	Average Price Paid per Share		Aggregate Consideration for Repurchased Shares
Fiscal 2018
March 31, 2018	March 28, 2018		6,388.01	11%	$	12.11	$	77,359
Total			6,388.01	11%		12.11		77,359
Fiscal 2017
March 31, 2017	January 20, 2017		8,482.60	27%	$	13.87	$	117,654
June 30, 2017	May 12, 2017		1,936.81	6%		13.55		26,244
September 30, 2017	September 25, 2017		5,968.22	9%		12.30		73,409
December 31, 2017	December 22,2017		6,212.40	10%		12.11		75,232
Total			22,600.03	12%		12.94		292,539
Fiscal 2016
September 30, 2016	July 15, 2016		8,482.60	50%	$	13.80	$	117,060
December 31, 2016	October 14, 2016		8,482.60	48%		13.80		117,060
Total			16,965.20	49%	$	13.80	$	234,120

NOTE 4 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS

The Adviser and TFA and their affiliates will receive compensation and reimbursement for services relating to our offering and the investment and management of its assets.

In connection with the Offering, the Company has incurred registration, organization, operating and offering costs. Such costs have been advanced by the Adviser. As discussed below, the Company has entered into an Expense Reimbursement Agreement with its Adviser. For the period from inception through December 31, 2018, certain registration, organization, operating and offering costs have been accounted for under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement and accordingly included in Reimbursement due from the Adviser on the statements of financial position.

The chart below, on a cumulative basis, discloses the components of the Reimbursement due from Adviser reflected on the Statements of Financial Position:

	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
Operating Expenses	$	1,977,504		$	1,977,504		$	1,896,657
Offering Costs		3,314,687			3,314,687			2,765,662
Due to related party offset		(4,949,476	)		(4,707,407	)		(4,213,469	)
Reimbursements received from Adviser		(342,715	)		(342,715	)		(342,715	)
Other amounts due to affiliates		1,511			15,559			448
Total due from affiliates	$	1,511		$	257,628		$	106,583

Operating Expenses are the amounts reimbursed by the Adviser for our operating costs and offering costs are the cumulative amount of organizational and offering expenses reimbursed to us by the Adviser and subject to future reimbursement per the terms of our expense reimbursement agreement.  

96

Due to related party offset represents the cash the Adviser paid directly for our operating and offering expenses and reimbursements received from sponsor are the amounts the Adviser paid in cash to us for reimbursement of our operating and offering costs.

The Company compensates the Adviser for investment services per an Investment Adviser Agreement (“Agreement”), approved by the Company’s directors, calculated as the sum of (1) base management fee, calculated quarterly at 0.5% of the Company’s average gross assets payable quarterly in arrears, and (2) an incentive fee upon capital gains determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each quarter or upon liquidation of the Company or upon termination of Agreement at 20% of Company’s realized capital gains, as defined. The Agreement expires July 2019 and may continue automatically for successive annual periods, as approved by the Company. It will terminate automatically upon completion of the Merger. All management fees earned by the Adviser prior to January 1, 2014 were waived by the Adviser.

As a BDC, we will be subject to certain regulatory restrictions in making our investments. For example, we generally will not be permitted to co-invest alongside our Adviser and its affiliates unless we obtain an exemptive order from the SEC or the transaction is otherwise permitted under existing regulatory guidance, such as syndicated transactions where price is the only negotiated term, and approval from our independent directors. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has one affiliate investment in ACON IWP Investors I, L.L.C.

The Company compensates TFA for administration services per an Administration Agreement for costs and expenses incurred with the administration and operation of the Company. These costs include the allocable portion of the compensation and related expenses of certain personnel of TFA, providing administrative services to the Company on behalf of the Adviser. The Company reimburses TFA no less than quarterly for all costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Agreement. TFA allocates the cost of such services to the Company based on factors such as total assets, revenues, time allocations and/or other reasonable metrics. Such agreement expires July 2019 and may continue automatically for successive annual periods, as approved by the Company. These fees have been reimbursed from the Adviser pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement discussed below.

The following table describes the fees and expenses incurred under the investment advisory and administration agreement and the dealer manager agreement during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

			Year Ended December 31,
Related Party	Source Agreement	Description	2018		2017			2016
Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC	Investment Adviser Agreement	Base Management Fees	$	359,120	$	334,224		$	225,492
Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC	Investment Adviser Agreement	Capital Gains Incentive Fees(1)	$	-	$	(334	)	$	(35,216	)
TFA Associates, LLC	Administration Agreement	Administrative Services Expenses	$	318,093	$	301,986		$	298,864
Triton Pacific Securities, LLC	Dealer Manager Agreement	Dealer Manager Fees(2)	$	38,416	$	122,150		$	136,896

(1) During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company earned capital gains incentive fees of $0, ($334), and ($35,216), respectively, based on the performance of its portfolio, of which were based on unrealized gains. No capital gains incentive fees are actually payable by the Company with respect to unrealized gains unless and until those gains are actually realized. See Note 2 for a discussion of the methodology employed by the Company in calculating the capital gains incentive fees.

(2) During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company paid the Dealer Manager $199,991, $606,188, and $581,515, respectively, in sales commissions and dealer fees. $38,416, $122,150, and $136,896 were retained by TPS, respectively, and the remainder re-allowed to third party participating broker dealers.

Expense Reimbursement Agreement

On March 27, 2014, the Company and its Adviser agreed to an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement, or the Expense Reimbursement Agreement. The Expense Reimbursement Agreement was amended and restated effective November 17, 2014. Under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, as amended, the Adviser, in consultation with the Company, will pay up to 100% of both the Company’s organizational and offering expenses and its operating expenses, all as determined by the Company and the Adviser. As used in the Expense Reimbursement Agreement, operating expenses refer to third party operating costs and expenses incurred by the Company, as determined under GAAP for investment management companies. Organizational and offering expenses include expenses incurred in connection with the organization of the Company and expenses incurred in connection with its offering, which are recorded as a component of equity. The Expense Reimbursement Agreement

97

states that until the net proceeds to the Company from its offering are at least $25 million, the Adviser will pay up to 100% of both the Company’s organizational and offering expenses and its operating expenses. After the Company receives at least $25 million in net proceeds from its offering, the Adviser may, with the Company’s consent, continue to make expense support payments to the Company in such amounts as are acceptable to the Company and the Adviser. Any expense support payments shall be paid by the Adviser to the Company in any combination of cash, and/or offsets against amounts otherwise due from the Company to the Adviser.

Under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement as amended, once the Company has received at least $25 million in net proceeds from its offering, during any quarter occurring within three years of the date on which the Company incurred any expenses that are funded by the Adviser, the Company is required to reimburse the Adviser for any expense support payments the Company received from them. However, with respect to any expense support payments attributable to the Company’s operating expenses, (i) the Company will only reimburse the Adviser for expense support payments made by the Adviser to the extent that the payment of such reimbursement (together with any other reimbursement paid during such fiscal year) does not cause “other operating expenses” (as defined below) (on an annualized basis and net of any expense reimbursement payments received by the Company during such fiscal year) to exceed the percentage of the Company’s average net assets attributable to shares of its common stock represented by “other operating expenses” during the fiscal year in which such expense support payment from the Adviser was made (provided, however, that this clause (i) shall not apply to any reimbursement payment which relates to an expense support payment from the Adviser made during the same fiscal year); and (ii) the Company will not reimburse the Adviser for expense support payments made by the Adviser if the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by the Company at the time of such reimbursement payment is less than the annualized rate of regular cash distributions declared by the Company at the time the Adviser made the expense support payment to which such reimbursement relates. “Other operating expenses” means the Company’s total operating expenses excluding base management fees, incentive fees, organization and offering expenses, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses.

Quarter Ended	Amount of Expense Payment Obligation	Amount of Offering Cost Payment Obligation	Operating Expense Ratio as of the Date Expense Payment Obligation Incurred(1)		Annualized Distribution Rate as of the Date Expense Payment Obligation Incurred(2)		Eligible for Reimbursement Through
September 30, 2012	$21,826	$0	432.69	%	-		September 30, 2015
December 31, 2012	$26,111	$0	531.09	%	-		December 31, 2015
March 31, 2013	$30,819	$0	N/A		-		March 31, 2016
June 30, 2013	$59,062	$0	N/A		-		June 30, 2016
September 30, 2013	$65,161	$0	N/A		-		September 30, 2016
December 31, 2013	$91,378	$0	455.09	%	-		December 31, 2016
March 31, 2014	$68,293	$0	148.96	%	-		March 31, 2017
June 30, 2014	$70,027	$898,518	23.17	%	-		June 30, 2017
September 30, 2014	$92,143	$71,060	20.39	%	-		September 30, 2017
December 31, 2014	$115,777	$90,860	11.15	%	-		December 31, 2017
March 31, 2015	$134,301	$106,217	13.75	%	2.01	%	March 31, 2018
June 30, 2015	$166,549	$167,113	14.10	%	3.20	%	June 30, 2018
September 30, 2015	$147,747	$240,848	10.45	%	3.20	%	September 30, 2018
December 31, 2015	$136,401	$280,376	7.41	%	3.60	%	December 31, 2018
March 31, 2016	$157,996	$232,895	6.00	%	3.52	%	March 31, 2019
June 30, 2016	$206,933	$285,878	4.95	%	3.52	%	June 30, 2019
September 30, 2016	$201,573	$223,020	4.52	%	3.13	%	September 30, 2019
December 31, 2016	$104,561	$168,876	4.45	%	3.11	%	December 31, 2019
March 31, 2017	$80,847	$252,875	4.21	%	3.19	%	March 31, 2020
June 30, 2017	$0	$176,963	3.98	%	3.18	%	June 30, 2020
September 30, 2017	$0	$119,188	4.19	%	3.00	%	September 30, 2020
December 31, 2017	$0	$0	N/A		N/A		N/A

(1)

“Operating Expense Ratio” includes all expenses borne by us, except for organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to our Adviser, financing fees and costs, interest expense, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses.  The Company did not achieve its minimum offering amount until June 25, 2014 and as a result, did not invest the proceeds from the offering and realize any income from investments prior to the end of its fiscal quarter.

(2)

“Annualized Distribution Rate” equals the annualized rate of distributions paid to stockholders based on the amount of the regular cash distribution paid immediately prior to the date the expense support payment obligation was incurred by our Adviser. “Annualized Distribution Rate” does not include special cash or stock distributions paid to stockholders. The Company did not achieve its minimum

98

offering amount until June 25, 2014 and as a result, did not have an opportunity to invest the proceeds from the offering and realize any income from investments or pay any distributions to stockholders prior to the end of its fiscal quarter.

In addition, with respect to any expense support payment attributable to the Company’s organizational and offering expenses, the Company will only reimburse the Adviser for expense support payments made by the Adviser to the extent that the payment of such reimbursement (together with any other reimbursement for organizational and offering expenses paid during such fiscal year) is limited to 15% of cumulative gross sales proceeds from the Company’s offering including the sales load (or dealer manager fee) paid by the Company.

The Company or the Adviser may terminate the Expense Reimbursement Agreement at any time upon thirty days’ written notice; however, the Adviser has indicated that it expects to continue such reimbursements until it deems that the Company has achieved economies of scale sufficient to ensure that the Company bears a reasonable level of expenses in relation to its income. The Expense Reimbursement Agreement will automatically terminate upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement or upon the Company’s liquidation or dissolution.

The Expense Reimbursement Agreement is, by its terms, effective retroactively to the Company’s inception date of April 29, 2011 for operating expenses and from the break of escrow on June 25, 2014 for offering expenses. As of December 31, 2018, $5,292,191 has been recorded as Reimbursement due from the Adviser pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement. Of this, $4,849,476 representing an amount due to the Adviser, was netted against the Reimbursement due from Adviser and $342,715 was paid to the Company by the Adviser.

Beginning the year ended December 31, 2016, the Adviser began to reimburse less than 100% of operating expenses, and for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Adviser did not reimburse any operating expenses after the first quarter. Additionally, the Adviser did not reimburse any offering expenses for the fourth quarter of 2017, and no costs were reimbursed for the year ended December 31, 2018. Of these offering and operating expenses, $3,080,587 has exceeded the three-year period for repayment and will not be repayable by the Company.

NOTE 5 – DISTRIBUTIONS

The following table reflects the cash distributions per share that the Company declared and paid on its common stock during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

99

	Distribution
Fiscal 2018	Per Share		Amount
January 29, 2018	$	0.03370		47,908
February 28, 2018	$	0.03370		49,067
March 28, 2018	$	0.03370		49,752
April 26, 2018	$	0.03370		50,700
May 29, 2018	$	0.03370		51,014
June 27, 2018	$	0.03370		51,096
July 27, 2018	$	0.03370		51,473
August 27, 2018	$	0.03370		52,453
September 25, 2018	$	0.03370		52,802
October 25, 2018	$	0.03370		53,116
November 23, 2018	$	0.03370		53,352
December 26, 2018	$	0.03370		53,782
Fiscal 2017
January 27, 2017	$	0.04000		39,407
February 24, 2017	$	0.04000		41,323
March 23, 2017	$	0.04000		42,513
April 27, 2017	$	0.04000		44,526
May 25, 2017	$	0.04000		46,364
June 23, 2017	$	0.04000		47,861
July 21, 2017	$	0.04000		48,678
August 29, 2017	$	0.03417		44,767
September 28, 2017	$	0.03417		45,500
October 26, 2017	$	0.03417		46,109
November 27, 2017	$	0.03370		46,685
December 26, 2017	$	0.03370		47,326
Fiscal 2016
January 22, 2016	$	0.04500	$	25,244
February 16, 2016	$	0.04500	$	26,477
March 23, 2016	$	0.04500	$	30,271
April 21, 2016	$	0.04500	$	32,832
May 19, 2016	$	0.04500	$	34,950
June 23, 2016	$	0.04500	$	36,206
July 21, 2016	$	0.04000	$	32,318
August 25, 2016	$	0.04000	$	33,293
September 22, 2016	$	0.04000	$	33,877
October 20, 2016	$	0.04000	$	35,164
November 18, 2016	$	0.04000	$	37,327
December 20, 2016	$	0.04000	$	38,091

Prior to April 2015, the Company’s distributions were paid quarterly in arrears.  On April 2, 2015, the Company authorized and declared a first quarter cash distribution of $0.116 per share, to the stockholders of record as of April 13, 2015. Beginning April 2015, the Company commenced the declaration and payment of monthly distributions, payable in advance, in each case, subject to the discretion of the Company’s board of directors and applicable legal restrictions.

On January 21, 2019, February 27, 2019, and March 25, 2019 the Company authorized and declared a cash distribution of $0.0337 per share for the months of January, February and March 2019, to the stockholders of record as of January 25, 2018, February 28, 2018, and March 27, respectively. The timing and amount of any future distributions to stockholders are subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of the Company’s board of directors.

The Company has adopted an “opt in” distribution reinvestment plan for its stockholders. As a result, if the Company makes a cash distribution, its stockholders will receive distributions in cash unless they specifically “opt in” to the distribution reinvestment plan so as to have their cash distributions reinvested in additional shares of the Company’s common stock. However, certain state authorities or regulators may impose restrictions from time to time that may prevent or limit a stockholder’s ability to participate in the distribution reinvestment plan.

100

The Company may fund its cash distributions to stockholders from any sources of funds legally available to it, including offering proceeds, borrowings, net investment income from operations, capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, non-capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets, dividends or other distributions paid to the Company on account of preferred and common equity investments in portfolio companies and expense reimbursements from the Adviser. The Company has not established limits on the amount of funds it may use from available sources to make distributions.

The following table reflects the sources of the cash distributions on a tax basis that the Company paid on its common stock during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	2018					2017					2016
Source of Distribution	Distribution Amount		Percentage			Distribution Amount		Percentage			Distribution Amount		Percentage
Offering proceeds	$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-		$	-	$	-
Borrowings		-		-			-		-			-		-
Net investment income (prior to expense reimbursement)(1)		-		-			-		-			-		-
Short-term capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets		28,982		5	%		47,998		9	%		-		-
Long-term capital gains proceeds from the sale of assets		92,622		15	%		-		-			-		-
Distributions from common equity (return of capital)		494,910		80	%		493,061		91	%		-		-
Expense reimbursement from sponsor		-		-			-		-			396,050		100	%
Total	$	616,514		100	%	$	541,059		100	%	$	396,050		100	%

(1) During the year ended December 31, 2018, 97.1% of the Company’s gross investment income was attributable to cash income earned, and 2.9% was attributable to non-cash accretion of discount.

The Company’s net investment income (loss) on a tax basis for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $(341,574), ($192,563), and $335,572, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $(2,929,973), $(611,736) and $30,450, respectively, of undistributed (overdistributed) net investment income and realized gains on a tax basis.

The primary difference between the Company’s GAAP-basis net investment income and its tax-basis net investment income (loss) is due to the reversal of the required accrual for GAAP purposes of incentive fees on unrealized gains even though no such incentive fees on unrealized gains are payable by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

The following table sets forth reconciliation between GAAP basis net investment income and tax basis net investment income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
GAAP basis net investment income (loss)	$	(341,574	)	$	(192,229	)	$	370,788
Reversal of incentive fee accrual on unrealized gains		-			(334	)		(35,216	)
Other book-tax differences		-			-			-
Tax-basis net investment income (loss)	$	(341,574	)	$	(192,563	)	$	335,572

The determination of the tax attributes of the Company’s distributions is made annually as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year based upon the Company’s taxable income for the full year and distributions paid for the full year. The actual tax characteristics of distributions to stockholders are reported to stockholders annually on Form 1099-DIV.

As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the components of accumulated earnings on a tax basis were as follows:  

	Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
Distributable realized gains (long-term capital gains)	$	(1,416,390	)	$	65,363		$	21,925
Distributable ordinary income (loss) (income and short-term capital gains (loss))		(1,513,583	)		(677,099	)		8,525
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments		(624,348	)		(1,514,510	)		1,666
Total	$	(3,554,321	)	$	(2,126,246	)	$	32,116

101

The aggregate cost of the Company’s investments for U.S. federal income tax purposes totaled $13,173,585, $13,550,047, and $10,597,454 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The aggregate net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments on a tax basis was $(624,348), $(1,514,510), and $1,666 as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

NOTE 6 – INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

The following table summarizes the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio at amortized cost and fair value as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	December 31, 2018							December 31, 2017							December 31, 2016
	Investments at Amortized Cost(1)		Investments at Fair Value		Fair Value Percentage of Total Portfolio			Investments at Amortized Cost(1)		Investments at Fair Value		Fair Value Percentage of Total Portfolio			Investments at Amortized Cost(1)		Investments at Fair Value		Fair Value Percentage of Total Portfolio
Senior Secured Loans—First Lien	$	7,371,419	$	7,050,980		60	%	$	7,714,423	$	7,690,952		64	%	$	6,680,615	$	6,761,313		64	%
Senior Secured Loans—Second Lien		4,635,777		4,336,218		36	%		3,919,236		3,806,683		32	%		2,024,991		1,967,658		19	%
Subordinated Debt		0		-		0	%		666,389		-		0	%		646,901		646,901		6	%
Equity/Other		500,000		495,651		4	%		1,250,000		537,903		4	%		1,250,000		1,228,301		11	%
Total	$	12,507,196	$	11,882,849		100	%	$	13,550,048	$	12,035,538		100	%	$	10,602,507	$	10,604,173		100	%

(1) Amortized cost represents the original cost adjusted for the amortization of premiums and/or accretion of discounts, as applicable, on investments.

The table below describes investments by industry classification and enumerates the percentage, by fair value, of the total portfolio assets in such industries as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	December 31, 2018					December 31, 2017					December 31, 2016
	Fair		Percentage of			Fair		Percentage of			Fair		Percentage of
Industry Classification	Value		Portfolio			Value		Portfolio			Value		Portfolio
Automotive Repair, Services, and Parking	$	-		0.0	%	$	-		0.0	%	$	122,459		1.2	%
Beverage, Food & Tobacco		1,678,908		14.1	%		1,618,327		13.4	%		1,162,891		11.0	%
Business Services		3,079,325		25.9	%		4,325,419		35.8	%		2,793,526		26.3	%
Construction & Building		417,375		3.5	%		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%
Consumer Services		1,284,399		10.8	%		1,671,168		13.9	%		955,659		9.0	%
Energy: Oil & Gas		792,894		6.7	%		337,488		2.8	%		346,500		3.3	%
Environmental		490,000		4.1	%		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%
Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals		1,461,343		12.2	%		734,869		6.1	%		1,403,008		13.2	%
High Tech Industries		751,045		6.3	%		833,178		6.9	%		1,016,921		9.6	%
Hotel, Gaming & Leisure		494,806		4.2	%		352,809		2.9	%		-		0.0	%
Media: Diversified and Production		293,255		2.5	%		334,586		2.8	%		347,375		3.3	%
Metals & Mining		495,625		4.2	%		1,143,870		9.5	%		245,625		2.3	%
Paper and Allied Products		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		115,294		1.1	%
Retail		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		712,500		6.7	%
Specialty Finance		-		0.0	%		-		0.1	%		1,184,130		11.2	%
Telecommunications		459,394		3.9	%		496,322		4.2	%		-		0.0	%
Wholesale Trade-Nondurable Goods		184,480		1.6	%		187,502		1.6	%		198,285		1.8	%
Total	$	11,882,849		100.0	%	$	12,035,538		100.0	%	$	10,604,173		100.0	%

One second lien senior secured loan, FullBeauty, Was on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2018. On February 2, 2019, Fullbeauty Brands Holding was restructured and second lien holders received a pro rata share of a new junior loan and 10% of the new common stock.

On June 30, 2017, the Company made the decision to write down the carrying value of its investment value in Javlin Financial. The decision was due to performance issues within Javlin Financial’s core business and a breakdown in restructuring negotiations between the Company, its lenders, and Javlin Financial’s controlling shareholder. The full realized loss for the investments in Javlin was recognized in the fourth quarter of 2018.

102

NOTE 7 – FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Under existing accounting guidance, fair value is defined as the price that the Company would receive upon selling an investment or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction to a market participant in the principal or most advantageous market for the investment. This accounting guidance emphasizes that valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, including assumptions about risk. Inputs may be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The Company classifies the inputs used to measure these fair values into the following hierarchy as defined by current accounting guidance:

Level 1: Inputs that are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs that are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 3: Inputs that are unobservable for an asset or liability.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

As of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s investments were categorized as follows in the fair value hierarchy:

Valuation Inputs	December 31, 2018		December 31, 2017		December 31, 2016
Level 1—Price quotations in active markets	$	-	$	-	$	-
Level 2—Significant other observable inputs		-		-		-
Level 3—Significant unobservable inputs		11,882,849		12,035,538		10,604,173
Total	$	11,882,849	$	12,035,538	$	10,604,173

The Company’s investments as of December 31, 2018 consisted of debt securities that are traded on a private over-the-counter market for institutional investors, a subordinated convertible note and two equity investments. The Company valued its debt investments by using the midpoint of the prevailing bid and ask prices from dealers on the date of the relevant period end, which were provided by independent third-party pricing services and screened for validity by such services. The determination of fair market value for the equity positions were determined by considering, among other factors, various income scenarios and multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, cash flows, net income, revenues, market comparables, book value multiples, economic profits and portfolio multiples.

The Company may periodically benchmark the bid and ask prices it receives from the third-party pricing services against the actual prices at which the Company purchases and sells its investments. Based on the results of the benchmark analysis and the experience of the Company’s management in purchasing and selling these investments, the Company believes that these prices are reliable indicators of fair value. However, because of the private nature of this marketplace (meaning actual transactions are not publicly reported), the Company believes that these valuation inputs are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The Company’s board of directors reviewed and approved the valuation determinations made with respect to these investments in a manner consistent with the Company’s valuation process.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the market approach of fair value measurement of our investments are the market multiples of EBITDA of comparable companies. The Company selects a population of companies for each investment with similar operations and attributes of the portfolio company. Using these guideline companies’ data, a range of multiples of enterprise value to EBITDA is calculated. The Company selects percentages from the range of multiples for purposes of determining the portfolio company’s estimated enterprise value based on said multiple and generally the latest twelve months’ EBITDA of the portfolio company. Significant increases or decreases in enterprise value may result in increases or decreases in the fair value estimate of the equity investment.

103

The following is a reconciliation for the year ended December 31, 2018 of investments for which significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were used in determining fair value:

	For the year ended December 31, 2018
	Senior Secured Loans - First Lien			Senior Secured Loans - Second Lien			Subordinated Convertible Debt			Equity/Other			Total
Fair value at beginning of period	$	7,690,952		$	3,806,683		$	-		$	537,903		$	12,035,538
Accretion of discount (amortization of premium)		24,393			8,966			-			-			33,359
Net realized gain (loss)		39,291			16,949			(666,389	)		(750,000	)		(1,360,149	)
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)		(296,968	)		(187,006	)		666,389			707,748			890,163
Purchases		2,943,750			1,482,500			-			-			4,426,250
Paid-in-kind interest		-			-			-			-			-
Sales and redemptions		(3,350,436	)		(791,876	)		-			-			(4,142,312	)
Net transfers in or out of Level 3		-			-			-			-			-
Fair value at end of period	$	7,050,982		$	4,336,216		$	-		$	495,651		$	11,882,849
The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in changes in net assets attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to investments still held at the reporting date	$	(296,968	)	$	(187,006	)	$	-		$	707,748		$	223,774

The following is a reconciliation for the year ended December 31, 2017 of investments for which significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were used in determining fair value:

	For the year ended December 31, 2017
	Senior  Secured Loans - First Lien			Senior  Secured Loans - Second Lien			Subordinated Convertible Debt			Equity/Other			Total
Fair value at beginning of period	$	6,761,313		$	1,967,658		$	646,901		$	1,228,301		$	10,604,173
Accretion of discount (amortization of premium)		21,761			10,005			-			-			31,766
Net realized gain (loss)		50,321			41,115			-			-			91,436
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)		(104,169	)		(55,220	)		(666,389	)		(690,398	)		(1,516,176	)
Purchases		4,392,250			2,720,625			-			-			7,112,875
Paid-in-kind interest		-			-			19,488			-			19,488
Sales and redemptions		(3,430,524	)		(877,500	)		-			-			(4,308,024	)
Net transfers in or out of Level 3		-			-			-			-			-
Fair value at end of period	$	7,690,952		$	3,806,683		$	(0	)	$	537,903		$	12,035,538
The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in changes in net assets attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to investments still held at the reporting date	$	(104,169	)	$	(55,220	)	$	-		$	(690,398	)	$	(849,787	)

The following is a reconciliation for the year ended December 31, 2016 of investments for which significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were used in determining fair value:  

	For the year ended December 31, 2016
	Senior  Secured Loans - First Lien			Senior  Secured Loans - Second Lien			Subordinated Convertible Debt		Equity/Other			Total
Fair value at beginning of period	$	2,389,377		$	1,041,875		$	609,219	$	1,488,266		$	5,528,737
Accretion of discount (amortization of premium)		12,124			6,512			-		-			18,636
Net realized gain (loss)		19,433			298			-		-			19,731
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)		117,410			(33,527	)		-		(259,965	)		(176,082	)
Purchases		5,083,375			1,202,500			-		-			6,285,875
Paid-in-kind interest		-			-			37,682		-			37,682
Sales and redemptions		(860,406	)		(250,000	)		-		-			(1,110,406	)
Net transfers in or out of Level 3		-			-			-		-			-
Fair value at end of period	$	6,761,313		$	1,967,658		$	646,901	$	1,228,301		$	10,604,173
The amount of total gains or losses for the period included in changes in net assets attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to investments still held at the reporting date	$	117,410		$	(33,527	)	$	-	$	(259,965	)	$	(176,082	)

The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of assets as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:  

104

Asset Category	Fair Value		Primary Valuation Technique	Unobservable Inputs	Range	Weighted Average
Senior Secured First Lien Debt		7,050,980	Market quotes	Indicative dealer quotes	49.00 - 100.50	95.68
Senior Secured Second Lien Debt	4,336,218		Market quotes	Indicative dealer quotes	3.00 - 100.17	96.81
Equity/Other		495,651	Market comparables	EBITDA multiples (x)	6.50x - 8.50x	7.50x
Total	$	11,882,849

The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of assets as of December 31, 2017 were as follows:  

Asset Category	Fair Value		Primary Valuation Technique	Unobservable Inputs	Range	Weighted Average
Senior Secured First Lien Debt		7,690,952	Market quotes	Indicative dealer quotes	78.05 - 102.00	98.73
Senior Secured Second Lien Debt	3,806,683		Market quotes	Indicative dealer quotes	26.67 - 103.00	98.55
Subordinated Debt		-	Market comparables	Book value multiples (x)	N/A	N/A
Equity/Other		-	Market comparables	Book value multiples (x)	N/A	N/A
Equity/Other		537,903	Market comparables	EBITDA multiples (x)	7.15x - 9.15x	8.15x
Total	$	12,035,538

The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of assets as of December 31, 2016 were as follows:

Asset Category	Fair Value		Primary Valuation Technique	Unobservable Inputs	Range	Weighted Average
Senior Secured First Lien Debt	$	6,761,313	Market quotes	Indicative dealer quotes	79.50 - 102.00	99.63
Senior Secured Second Lien Debt	1,967,658		Market quotes	Indicative dealer quotes	58.00 - 102.19	94.31
Subordinated Debt		646,901	Distribution cash flow	Discount rate/ income multiple	14.6% - 17.4%/ 2.4x - 34.0x	15%
Equity/Other		537,229	Distribution cash flow	Discount rate/ income multiple	14.6% - 17.4%/ 2.4x - 34.0x	15%
Equity/Other		691,072	Market comparables	EBITDA multiples (x)	7.15x - 9.15x	8.15x
Total	$	10,604,173

NOTE 8 – FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The following is a schedule of financial highlights of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:  

105

	Year Ended December 31, 2018			Year Ended December 31, 2017			Year Ended December 31, 2016
Per Share Data:
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	11.89		$	13.55		$	13.75
Results of operations(1)
Net investment income (loss)		(0.22	)		(0.16	)		0.48
Net realized and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments(2)		(0.30	)		(1.12	)		(0.14	)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		(0.52	)		(1.28	)		0.34
Stockholder distributions(3)
Distributions from net investment income		(0.32	)		(0.41	)		(0.51	)
Distributions from net realized gain on investments		(0.08	)		(0.04	)		-
Net decrease in net assets resulting from stockholder distributions		(0.40	)		(0.45	)		(0.51	)
Capital share transactions
Issuance of common stock(4)		0.02			0.07			(0.03	)
Offering costs(1)		-			-			-
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from capital share transactions		0.02			0.07			(0.03	)
Net asset value, end of period	$	10.99		$	11.89		$	13.55
Shares outstanding, end of period		1,598,578			1,417,233			976,406
Total return(5)		-4.2	%		-8.9	%		2.2	%
Ratio/Supplemental Data:
Net assets, end of period	$	17,570,921		$	16,849,237		$	13,228,702
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets		-2.0	%		-1.3	%		3.6	%
Ratio of total operating expenses to average net assets		8.8	%		7.3	%		7.2	%
Ratio of expenses reimbursed by sponsor to average net assets		0.0	%		0.5	%		6.5	%
Ratio of expense recoupment payable to sponsor to average net assets		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%
Ratio of capital gain incentive fee to average net assets		0.0	%		0.0	%		-0.3	%
Ratio of net operating expenses to average net assets		8.8	%		6.7	%		0.7	%
Portfolio turnover(6)		24.1	%		28.6	%		10.8	%

(1) The per share data was derived by using the weighted average shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

(2)	The amount shown for a share outstanding throughout the year may not agree with the change in the aggregate gains and losses in portfolio securities for the year because of the timing of sales of the Company’s shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the portfolio.
(3)	The per share data for distributions reflects the actual amount of distributions paid per share during the applicable period.

(4)	The issuance of common stock on a per share basis reflects the incremental net asset value changes as a result of the issuance of shares of common stock in the Company’s continuous public offering and pursuant to the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan. The issuance of common stock at an offering price, net of sales commissions and dealer manager fees, that is greater than the net asset value per share results in an increase in net asset value per share.
(5)	The total return for each period presented was calculated by taking the net asset value per share as of the end of the applicable period, adding the cash distributions per share which were declared during the applicable calendar year and dividing the total by the net asset value per share at the beginning of the applicable year. The total return does not consider the effect of the sales load from the sale of the Company’s common stock. The total return includes the effect of the issuance of shares at a net offering price that is greater than net asset value per share, which causes an increase in net asset value per share. The historical calculation of total return in the table should not be considered a representation of the Company’s future total return, which may be greater or less than the return shown in the table due to a number of factors, including the Company’s ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet its investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the debt securities the Company acquires, the level of the Company’s expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which the Company encounters competition in its markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any previous period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods. The total return calculations set forth above represent the total return on the Company’s investment portfolio during the applicable period and are calculated in accordance with GAAP. These return figures do not represent an actual return to stockholders.
(6)	Portfolio turnover for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 is not annualized.

NOTE 9 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company enters into contracts that contain a variety of indemnification provisions. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown; however, the Company has not had prior claims or losses pursuant to these contracts. Management has reviewed the Company’s existing contracts and expects the risk of loss to the Company to be remote.

The Company is not currently subject to any material legal proceedings and, to the Company’s knowledge, no material legal proceedings are threatened against the Company. From time to time, the Company may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of the Company’s rights under contracts with its portfolio companies. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot

106

be predicted with certainty, the Company does not expect that any such proceedings will have a material effect upon its financial condition or results of operations.

NOTE 10 – SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following are the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The following information reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

107

	Quarter Ended
	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
	2018			2018			2018			2018
Investment income	$	307,853		$	302,543		$	298,822		$	255,673
Operating expenses
Total operating expenses		367,851			421,403			433,836			283,375
Net investment income (loss)		(59,998	)		(118,860	)		(135,014	)		(27,702	)
Realized gain on investments		(1,393,109	)		3,740			6,570			22,650
Net increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation on investments		976,609			(14,389	)		(131,582	)		59,525
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	(476,498	)	$	(129,509	)	$	(260,026	)	$	54,473
Per share information-basic and diluted
Net investment income (loss) - Basic and diluted	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.02	)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations - Basic and diluted	$	(0.30	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.17	)	$	0.04
Weighted average shares outstanding - Basic and diluted		1,584,482			1,544,718			1,509,527			1,445,936

	Quarter Ended
	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
	2017			2017			2017			2017
Investment income	$	220,782		$	227,488		$	185,630		$	183,548
Operating expenses
Total operating expenses		335,898			283,890			218,629			252,107
Expense reimbursement from sponsor		-			-			-			(80,847	)
Net operating expenses		335,898			283,890			218,629			171,260
Net investment income (loss)		(115,116	)		(56,402	)		(32,999	)		12,288
Realized gain on investments		302			26,569			51,950			12,615
Net increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation on investments		(66,150	)		(131,397	)		(1,410,823	)		92,194
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	(180,964	)	$	(161,230	)	$	(1,391,872	)	$	117,097
Per share information-basic and diluted
Net investment income (loss) - Basic and diluted	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.04	)	$	(0.03	)	$	0.01
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations - Basic and diluted	$	(0.13	)	$	(0.13	)	$	(1.21	)	$	0.12
Weighted average shares outstanding - Basic and diluted		1,375,869			1,266,225			1,147,150			1,016,727

The sum of quarterly per share amounts does not necessarily equal per share amounts reported for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. This is due to changes in the number of weighted-average shares outstanding and the effects of rounding for each period.

NOTE 11 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated all known subsequent events through the date the accompanying financial statements were available to be issued on March 29, 2019 and notes the following:

For the period beginning January 1, 2019 and ending March 29, 2019, the Company sold 7,661.93 shares of its common stock for total gross proceeds of $97,000, and issued amounts pursuant to its distribution reinvestment plan in the amount of $90,903.

The Company and PWAY announced that the shareholders of each of the Company and PWAY at separate shareholder meetings held on March 15, 2019, overwhelmingly approved, among other matters, the merger between the Company and PWAY to create TP Flexible Income Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”). The Boards of Directors of both the Company and PWAY previously approved the merger, including the merger agreement.

At the Company’s shareholder meeting, 96.2% of votes cast voted in favor of the merger. At the PWAY shareholder meeting, 96.0% of votes cast voted in favor of the merger. Each meeting was attended, either in person or by proxy, by a quorum for shareholders of record as of February 12, 2019.

The merger is expected to close on or about March 31, 2019.

108

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As required by Exchange Act Rule 13(a)-15(b), we carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2018 to determine that our disclosure controls and procedures were (a) designed to ensure that the information we are required to disclose in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed and reported in an accurate manner and on a timely basis and the information that we are required to disclose in our Exchange Act reports is accumulated and communicated to management to permit timely decisions with respect to required disclosure and (b) operating in an effective manner.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f), internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

1. Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the Company’s transactions and the dispositions of assets of the Company;

2. Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors; and

3. Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In connection with the preparation of our annual financial statements, management has conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework set forth

109

in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls.

Based on this evaluation, we have concluded that, as of December 31, 2018, our internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

For the year ended December 31, 2018, there were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information   None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Board of Directors and Executive Officers.

The following contains information regarding our board and executive officers as of the date of this report.

Our board of directors consists of five members, a majority of whom are not “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. The Chairman of the Board is Craig Faggen, who is an interested director. As is described below under the heading “Audit Committee”, our board has an audit committee, consisting of our three independent directors, who will be responsible for assuring the proper valuation of our assets and the net asset value of our shares. Our leadership structure is designed to provide that we are led by a team with the necessary management experience to guide us, while assuring an independent check on management decisions and our financial well-being.

Directors and Executive Officers

Information regarding our board of directors is set forth below. We have divided the directors into two groups—interested directors and independent directors. The address for each director is c/o Triton Pacific Investment Corporation, Inc., 6701 Center Drive, Suite 1450, Los Angeles, CA 90045.

Name (Age)	Position Held	Director Since	Expiration of Current Term	Principal Occupation Past 5 Years
Interested Directors
Craig J. Faggen (49)	Chairman and CEO	2012	2019	Private Equity Professional
Ivan Faggen (79)	Director	2012	2019	Private Equity Professional
Independent Directors
Ronald W. Ruther (83)	Director, Audit Comm.	2012	2019	Business Adviser
Marshall Goldberg (78)	Director, Audit Comm.	2012	2019	Directorships
William Pruitt (79)	Director, Audit Comm.	2012	2019	Directorships
Executive Officers
Michael L. Carroll (43)	Chief Financial Officer and Secretary	--	--	Financial Executive

110

Biographical Information

Interested Directors:

Craig J. Faggen: Mr. Faggen served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer prior to the Merger. Mr. Faggen has over 20 years of experience developing and implementing strategic initiatives and structuring numerous complex capital markets transactions. For the past five years, Mr. Faggen has served as the co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Triton Pacific, which includes TPCP, and has been actively involved in building its private equity division. As CEO of Triton Pacific, Mr. Faggen has overall firm oversight responsibilities. Prior to co-founding Triton Pacific, he was a founder and a partner in the boutique investment banking firm Triton Pacific Capital, LLC. There he was instrumental in the due diligence, structuring, and closing of several billion dollars of transactions. Prior to co-founding Triton Pacific, Mr. Faggen worked in Arthur Andersen’s Capital Markets Group, where he acted as a financial advisor to a number of public and private companies on various transactions including IPOs, securitized debt transactions, equity private placements, dispositions and M&A related opportunities. Mr. Faggen received a B.A. in Economics from UCLA and a Master’s Degree from MIT. Craig Faggen sits on the board of a number of private companies, most of which are portfolio companies of investment funds managed or sponsored by Triton Pacific Capital Partners, LLC or its affiliates. Mr. Faggen does not sit on the board of any other public companies. Mr. Faggen is the son of one of our directors, Ivan Faggen.

Ivan Faggen: Mr. Faggen has over 45 years of experience providing strategic advice and executing capital market transactions. He co-founded, with his son Craig Faggen, and is actively involved in the business of Triton Pacific and TPCP. For the past five years, he has served as a partner of Triton Pacific and TPCP and has been actively involved in their management and operations. Mr. Faggen spent over 33 years at Arthur Andersen working with small and mid-size companies on a variety of strategic, operational, and financial issues. Prior to his departure, he was one of seven Worldwide Directors of Arthur Andersen’s Industry Group. In that position, he not only built an advisory practice with $300 million of annual revenues, but was also instrumental in facilitating hundreds of domestic and international transactions. He received a B.S. in Business Administration from Wayne State University and is a retired CPA. In addition, he served as Chairman of the Counselors of Real Estate, Chairman of the Counselors of Real Estate Foundation and was a member of the advisory board of the Carlyle Group. Ivan Faggen sits on the board of a number of private companies, most of which are portfolio companies of investment funds managed or sponsored by Triton Pacific Capital Partners, LLC or its affiliates. Mr. Faggen does not sit on the board of any other public companies.

Independent Directors:

Ronald W. Ruther: For the past five years, Mr. Ruther has served as an independent business advisor to small businesses, their owners and a coach to their CEOs. During the past 20 years, he has served on many boards of directors for privately owned companies with annual sales ranging from $10 million to over $150 million. As a Director, Mr. Ruther has served as Chairman of Governance, Audit and Compensation Committees. Prior to this, Mr. Ruther was with Arthur Andersen & Co. for 32 years and took early retirement in 1992. As a tax partner for over 20 years and Head of the Tax Practice in Orange County, California, Mr. Ruther specialized in business consulting, mergers and acquisitions, executive compensation, employee benefits and family wealth planning. His clients ranged from start-ups to large public corporations. Mr. Ruther received a B.S. in Business from Northwestern University and a J.D. from Northwestern Law School. He is a retired CPA and an inactive member of the Illinois Bar.

111

Marshall Goldberg: For the past five years, Mr. Goldberg has served as the chair of a charitable initiative, an endowment committee and on the boards of several community and charitable organizations. Prior to that, Mr. Goldberg, served in various capacities in a thirty-year career with Prudential Financial Services, Inc. As Corporate Vice President for Agent Training and Manpower Development, he was responsible for agency training for the company’s 35,000 person field force. Mr. Goldberg participated as a lead principal in the development and introduction of its Universal Life insurance product which soon became the dominant variable life contract in the insurance industry. As a Regional Marketing Vice President, he headed several sales organizations staffed by thousands of agents and field staff. As Senior Vice President of the Prudential Home Mortgage Company, he led a national sales and production organization and served on the risk management and enterprise management committees. Mr. Goldberg received a B.S.B.A. in Economics from the University of Florida and acquired several financial services designations.

William Pruitt: For the past five years, Mr. Pruitt has served as the general manager of Pruitt Enterprises, LP and president of Pruitt Ventures, Inc. Previously, Mr. Pruitt served as the managing partner for the Florida, Caribbean and Venezuela operations of the independent auditing firm of Arthur Andersen, LLP. Mr. Pruitt has been an independent board member of multiple boards, including Swisher Hygiene, Inc., NV5, Inc., MAKO Surgical Corp., and PBSJ Corporation. Mr. Pruitt received a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Miami and is a CPA (inactive).

Executive Officers (who are not directors):

Michael Carroll, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary: Mr. Carroll served as our Chief Financial Officer and secretary since inception and thorough the Merger. He has extensive experience in the area of financial accounting and has spent several years at Triton Pacific managing fund finances and investor relations. Prior to joining Triton Pacific, Mr. Carroll managed the business functions and accounts of various political organizations and worked on Capitol Hill. Prior experiences include serving as Deputy Treasurer of Virginians for Jerry Kilgore, a Richmond-based candidate committee, where Mr. Carroll managed the committees’ campaign contributions, totaling over $22 million. Mr. Carroll received a B.S. from Virginia Commonwealth University.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, the Company’s directors and executive officers, and any persons holding more than 10% of its Shares, are required to report their beneficial ownership and any changes therein to the SEC and the Company. Specific due dates for those reports have been established, and the Company is required to report herein any failure to file such reports by those due dates. Based on the Company’s review of Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed by such persons and information provided by the Company’s directors and officers, the Company believes that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to such persons were timely filed.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

The Company has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which applies to, among others, its officers, including its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, as well as the members of the Board. The Company’s code of business conduct and ethics will be supplied free of charge to any requestor by calling the Company at (310) 943-4990. The Company intends to disclose any amendments to or waivers of required provisions of the code of business conduct and ethics on Form 8-K, as required by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Risk Oversight and Board Structure

Board Leadership Structure

The Company’s business and affairs are managed under the direction of the Board. Among other things, the Board sets broad policies for the Company and approves the appointment of the Company’s investment advisers,

112

administrator and officers. The role of the Board, and of any individual director, is one of oversight and not of management of the Company’s day-to-day affairs.

Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, the Board may designate one of the Company’s directors as chair to preside over meetings of the Board and meetings of stockholders, and to perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board. Prior to the Merger, Mr. Craig Faggen held the dual positions of chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and since the Merger, Mr. M. Grier Eliasek has held these positions. Both are “interested persons” by virtue of his employment with the Adviser and the Adviser, respectively. The Company believes that it is in the best interests of the Company’s stockholders for Mr. Faggen and Mr. Eliasek to serve as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board because of their significant experience in matters of relevance to the Company’s business. The Board has determined that the composition of the Audit Committee (consisting solely of Independent Directors) is an appropriate means to address any potential conflicts of interest that may arise from the Chairman’s status as CEO and an interested person of the Company. The Company believes that the Board’s flexibility to determine its Chairman and reorganize its leadership structure from time to time is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

Each year, the Independent Directors will designate an Independent Director to serve as the lead Independent Director on the Board. The designation of a lead Independent Director is for a one-year term and a lead Independent Director may be eligible for re-election at the end of that term. If the lead Independent Director is unavailable for a meeting, his or her immediate predecessor will serve as lead Independent Director for such meeting. The lead Independent Director will preside over meetings of the Company’s Independent Board. The lead Independent Director will also serve as a liaison between the Company’s Independent Board and the Company’s management on a wide variety of matters, including agenda items for the Board meetings. Designation as such does not impose on the lead Independent Director any obligations or standards greater than or different from those of the Company’s other directors. Mr. Ruther currently serves as the Independent Board’s lead Independent Director.

All of the Independent Directors play an active role on the Board. The Independent Directors compose a majority of the Board and are closely involved in all material deliberations related to the Company. The Board believes that, with these practices, each Independent Director has an equal involvement in the actions and oversight role of the Board and equal accountability to the Company and its stockholders. The Independent Directors are expected to meet separately (i) as part of each regular Board meeting and (ii) with the Company’s chief compliance officer, as part of at least one Board meeting each year. The Independent Director committee may hold additional meetings at the request of the lead Independent Director or another Independent Director.

The Board believes that its leadership structure—a chair of the Board with the requisite experience, a lead independent director, and committees led by independent directors—is the optimal structure for the Company at this time because it allows the Company’s directors to exercise informed and independent judgment, and allocates areas of responsibility among committees of independent directors and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The Board is of the opinion that having a majority of independent directors is appropriate and in the best interest of the Company’s stockholders, but also believes that having two interested persons serve as directors brings both corporate and financial viewpoints that are significant elements in its decision-making process. The Board will review its leadership structure periodically as part of its annual self-assessment process and may make changes to it at any time, including in response to changes in the characteristics or circumstances of the Company.

Board Role in Risk Oversight

The Board oversees the Company’s business and operations, including certain risk management functions. Risk management is a broad concept comprising many disparate elements (for example, investment risk, issuer and counterparty risk, compliance risk, operational risk, and business continuity risk). The Board implements its risk oversight function both as a whole and through its committees. In the course of providing oversight, the Board and its committees receive reports on the Company’s and the Advisers’ activities, including reports regarding the Company’s investment portfolio and financial accounting and reporting. The Board also receives a quarterly report from the Company’s chief compliance officer, who reports on the Company’s compliance with the federal and state securities laws and the Company’s internal compliance policies and procedures as well as those of the Advisor, the managing dealer for the Offering (the “Managing Dealer”), the Company’s administrator and the Company’s transfer agent. The Audit Committee’s meetings with the Company’s independent public accounting firm also

113

contribute to its oversight of certain internal control risks. In addition, the Board meets periodically with the Adviser to receive reports regarding the Company’s operations, including reports on certain investment and operational risks, and the Independent Directors are encouraged to communicate directly with senior members of the Company’s management.

The Board believes that this role in risk oversight is appropriate for the Company at this time. The Company believes that there are robust internal processes in place and a strong internal control environment to identify and manage risks. However, not all risks that may affect the Company can be identified or processes and controls developed to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects, and some risks are beyond the control of the Company, the Adviser and the Company’s other service providers.

Meetings of the Board of Directors

During the fiscal year of 2018, our board of directors held four board meetings and four Audit Committee meetings. All directors attended all of the meetings of the board of directors and of the respective committees on which they serve, other than Mr. Goldberg who missed one board meeting and one meeting of the Audit Committee due to health reasons. We require each director to make a diligent effort to attend all board and committee meetings as well as each annual meeting of our stockholders.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is composed wholly of our independent directors. The audit committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee is also responsible for aiding our board of directors in fair value pricing debt and equity securities that are not publicly-traded or for which current market values are not readily available and for determining the net asset value of our shares. The board of directors and audit committee may utilize the services of an independent valuation firm to help them determine the fair value of these securities. Messrs. Pruitt, Goldberg and Ruther served as the members of our audit committee during 2018, and Mr. Ruther served as the chairman. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Ruther is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under relevant SEC rules. Messrs. Cooper, Gremp and Stark have served as the members of our audit committee since the Merger, and Mr. Stark is the chairman. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Stark is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under relevant SEC rules.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The board of directors has not designated a separate Nominating and Corporate Governance committee. Instead, the entire board of directors performs the functions of the Nominating and Corporate Governance committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance committee does not have a written charter. The board (acting as the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee) is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the board of directors or a committee thereof, developing and recommending a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of our management.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee seeks candidates who possess the background, skills and expertise to make a significant contribution to the board of directors, the Company and its stockholders. In considering possible candidates for election as a director, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee takes into account, in addition to such other factors as it deems relevant, the desirability of selecting directors who:

● are of high character and integrity;

● are accomplished in their respective fields, with superior credentials and recognition;

114

● have relevant expertise and experience upon which to be able to offer advice and guidance to management;

● have sufficient time available to devote to the affairs of the Company;

● are able to work with the other members of the board of directors and contribute to the success of the Company;

● can represent the long-term interests of the Company’s stockholders as a whole; and

● are selected such that with the other members of the board of directors represent a range of backgrounds and experience.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has not adopted a formal policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying director nominees. In determining whether to recommend a director nominee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers and discusses diversity, among other factors, with a view toward the needs of the board of directors as a whole. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee generally conceptualizes diversity expansively to include, without limitation, concepts such as race, gender, national origin, differences of viewpoint, professional experience, education, skill and other qualities that contribute to the board of directors, when identifying and recommending director nominees. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that the inclusion of diversity as one of many factors considered in selecting director nominees is consistent with the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s goal of creating a board of directors that best serves the needs of the Company and its stockholders.

Stockholder Recommendation of Director Candidates to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider director candidates recommended by stockholders. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not intend to alter the manner in which it evaluates candidates, including the minimum criteria set forth above, based on whether the candidate was recommended by a stockholder or not. Stockholders who wish to recommend individuals for consideration by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to become nominees for election to the Board may do so by delivering a written recommendation to our secretary at the address set forth on the cover page of this report. Recommendations for individuals to be considered for nomination at the 2020 Annual Meeting must be received by December 31, 2019. Recommendations received after December 31, 2019 will not be considered for nomination at the 2020 Annual Meeting. Submissions must include the full name of the proposed nominee, a description of the proposed nominee’s business experience for at least the previous five years, complete biographical information, a description of the proposed nominee’s qualifications as a director and a representation that the nominating stockholder is a beneficial or record owner of our stock. Any such submission must be accompanied by the written consent of the proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

Communications Between Stockholders and the Board

The Board welcomes communications from the Company’s stockholders. Stockholders may send communications to the Board or to any particular director to the following address: c/o Triton Pacific Investment Corporation, Inc., 6701 Center Drive West, Suite 1450, Los Angeles, CA 90045. Stockholders should indicate clearly the director or directors to whom the communication is being sent so that each communication may be forwarded directly to the appropriate director(s).

Compensation of Directors

The fees payable to an Independent Director shall be determined based on the Company’s net assets as of the end of each fiscal quarter and be paid quarterly in arrears as follows:

Net Asset Value	Annual Cash Retainer Fee		Board Meeting Fee		Annual Audit Committee Chairperson Fee		Annual Audit Committee Member Fee		Audit Committee Meeting Fee
$0 to $25 million		-		-		-		-		-
$25 million to $75 million	$	20,000	$	1,000	$	10,000	$	2,500	$	500
over $75 million	$	30,000	$	1,000	$	12,500	$	2,500	$	500

115

Item 11. Executive Compensation

None of our executive officers will receive direct compensation from us. We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees in the foreseeable future. The services necessary for the operation of our business will be provided to us by the officers and the employees of our Adviser and Administrator pursuant to the terms of the investment adviser agreement and the administration agreement, respectively.

Compensation Committee

Because none of our executive officers are compensated by the Company, the board does not maintain a separate Compensation Committee. Instead, the entire board performs the functions of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee does not have a written charter.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During the last fiscal year, the entire Board performed the functions of the Compensation Committee. None of our executive officers has ever served as a director of another entity any of whose executive officers served on our Compensation Committee.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of the persons who served as the Company’s directors, executive officers during 2018, including each person known to the Company to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding Shares, and all of the Company’s executive officers and directors as a group, both prior to and following the Merger.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. There are no Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2018.

	Shares Beneficially Owned as of December 31, 2018
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner	Number of Shares(1)			Percentage(2)
5% Stockholders
None
Interested Directors:(3)
Craig Faggen		17,126.68	(4)		0.01	%
Ivan Faggen		-			-
Independent Directors:(3)		-			-
Ronald W. Ruther		-			-
Marshall Goldberg		-			-
William Pruitt
Executive Officers(3) Michael L. Carroll		-			-
All executive officers and directors as a group (6 persons)		17,126.68			0.01	%

116

(1)	Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Assumes no other purchases or sales of our common stock since the most recently available SEC filings. This assumption has been made under the rules and regulations of the SEC and does not reflect any knowledge that we have with respect to the present intent of the beneficial owners of our common stock listed in this table.
(2)	Based on a total of 1,598,577.90 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018.
(3)	Address is c/o Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC, 6701 Center Drive, Suite 1450, Los Angeles, CA 90045.
(4)	The Company issued 14,815 shares of its common stock to Triton Pacific Adviser in exchange for gross proceeds of $200,003 and has received 2,311.28 shares through the Dividend Reinvestment Program.

Set forth below is the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors as of December 31, 2018. We are not part of a “family of investment companies,” as that term is defined in the Investment 1940 Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

Name of Director	Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned(1)(2)
Interested Directors
Craig Faggen	Over $100,000 (3)
Ivan Faggen	None
Independent Directors
Ronald W. Ruther	None
Marshall Goldberg	None
William Pruitt	None

(1) The dollar ranges are: None, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, or over $100,000.

(2)	The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned in the Company as of December 31, 2018.  Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.
(3)	The value of equity securities beneficially owned in the Company as of December 31, 2018.

117

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The Company has procedures in place for the review, approval and monitoring of transactions involving the Company and certain persons related to the Company. For example, the Company has a code of conduct that generally prohibits any employee, officer or director from engaging in any transaction where there is a conflict between such individual’s personal interest and the interests of the Company. Waivers to the code of conduct for any executive officer or member of the Board must be approved by the Board and are publicly disclosed as required by applicable law and regulations. In addition, the Audit Committee is required to review and approve all related-party transactions (as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act). Prior to the occurrence of a liquidity event, all future transactions with affiliates of the Company will be on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from an unaffiliated third party and must be approved by a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Directors.

During 2018, the Company compensated the Adviser for investment services per an Investment Adviser Agreement (“Advisory Agreement”), approved by the Independent Directors, calculated as the sum of (1) base management fee, calculated quarterly at 0.5% of the Company’s average gross assets payable quarterly in arrears, and (2) an incentive fee upon capital gains determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each quarter or upon liquidation of the Company or upon termination of Former Agreement at 20% of Company’s realized capital gains, as defined. The Company paid the Adviser $359,120 in base management fees during the year ended December 31, 2018. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not earn any capital gains incentive fees based on the performance of its portfolio. No capital gains incentive fees are actually payable by the Company with respect to unrealized gains unless and until those gains are actually realized. All management fees earned by the Adviser prior to January 1, 2014 were waived by the Adviser.

On March 27, 2014, the Company and the Adviser agreed to an Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement, or the Expense Reimbursement Agreement. A discussion of the Expense Reimbursement Agreement is included in Item 7.—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Expense Reimbursement Agreement” which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company compensated TFA Associates, LLC (an affiliate of the Company) for administration services per an Administration Agreement for costs and expenses incurred with the administration and operation of the Company. Such agreement expired upon the closing of the Merger. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company paid TFA Associates $318,093 in administrative fees.

The dealer manager for the Company’s public offering is Triton Pacific Securities, LLC, which is one of the Company’s affiliates. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company paid the dealer manager $199,991 in sales commissions and dealer fees. Of this amount, $38,416 was retained by Triton Pacific Securities, and the remainder re-allowed to third party participating broker dealers.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, the Company’s directors and executive officers, and any persons holding more than 10% of its Shares, are required to report their beneficial ownership and any changes therein to the SEC and the Company. Specific due dates for those reports have been established, and the Company is required to report herein any failure to file such reports by those due dates. Based on the Company’s review of Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed by such persons and information provided by the Company’s directors and officers, the Company believes that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to such persons were timely filed.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

FGMK, LLC, served as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018. The Company knows of no direct financial or material indirect financial interest of FGMK in the Company.

118

Fees

Set forth in the table below are audit fees and non-audit related fees billed to the Company by FGMK for professional services performed for the Company’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

Fiscal Year		Audit Fees		Audit-Related Fees(1)		Tax Fees(2)		All Other Fees(3)
	2018	$	114,148	$	15,775	$	10,500		-
	2017	$	117,332	$	6,820	$	9,092		-

(1) “Audit-Related Fees” are those fees billed to the Company by FGMK for assurance and related services by our principal accountants that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.”

(2) “Tax Fees” are those fees billed to the Company by FGMK in connection with tax consulting services, including primarily the review of the Company’s income tax returns.

(3) “All Other Fees” are those fees billed to the Company by FGMK in connection with permitted non-audit services.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, no non-audit fees were paid to FGMK for services rendered to our Adviser and any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with our Adviser that provides ongoing services to the Company.

The Company’s Audit Committee reviews, negotiates and approves in advance the scope of work, any related engagement letter and the fees to be charged by the independent registered public accounting firm for audit services and permitted non-audit services for the Company and for permitted non-audit services for the Company’s investment adviser and any affiliates thereof that provide services to the Company if such non-audit services have a direct impact on the operations or financial reporting of the Company. All of the audit and non-audit services described above for which FGMK billed the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

119

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

a.	The following financial statements are filed as part of this report in Part II, Item 8:
		Page
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	79
	Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2018 and 2017	80
	Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016	81
	Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016	82
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016	83
	Consolidated Schedule of Investments for the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017	84
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	87

b.	The following exhibits are filed or incorporated as part of this report.
3.1	Fourth Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Triton Pacific Investment Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-174873) filed on November 1, 2013.)
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-174873) filed on March 15, 2013.)
3.3	Articles Supplementary of the Company.  (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Pre-Effective amendment no. 1 to registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-206730) filed on March 3, 2016.)
10.1	Dealer Manager Agreement by and between Company and Triton Pacific Securities, LLC. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Post-Effective amendment no. 3 to registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-206730) filed on April 3, 2017.)
10.2	Form of Participating Dealer Agreement and Participating Dealer Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Post-Effective amendment no. 3 to registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-206730) filed on April 3, 2017.)
10.3	License Agreement by and between Company and Triton Pacific Group, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(K) filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-174873) filed on June 14, 2011.)
10.4	Administration Agreement by and between the Company and TFA Associates, LLC. (Incorporated by reference, Exhibit 2(K), filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-174873) filed on August 12, 2012.)
10.5	Investment Advisory Agreement by and between Company and Triton Pacific Adviser, LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(g), filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 to the Company’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-174873) filed on July 8, 2013.)
10.6	Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement dated July 24, 2014 between the Company and ZAIS Group, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 30, 2014.)

120

10.7	Amended and Restated Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement by and between the Company and Adviser (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014, filed with the SEC on November 19, 2014.)
10.8	Indemnification Agreement dated November 17, 2014 between the Company and Adviser (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014, filed with the SEC on November 19, 2014.)
10.9	Agreement dated December 15, 2014 between the Company and its Independent Directors ((Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 17, 2014.)
10.10	Global Custody Agreement dated March 7, 2014 between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company ((Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(j) to the Company’s Post-Effective amendment no. 3 to registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-206730) filed on April 3, 2017.)
10.11	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 10, 2018, between the Registrant and Pathway Capital Opportunity Fund, Inc. (Filed as Annex A to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 (SEC File No. 333-226861) filed with the SEC on August 13, 2018)
10.12	Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 12, 2019, between the Registrant and Pathway Capital Opportunity Fund, Inc. (Filed as Annex A to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form N-14 (SEC File No. 333-226861) filed with the SEC on February 13, 2019).
14.1	Amended Code of Ethics of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference, Exhibit 2(R), filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-174873) filed on August 29, 2011.)
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Triton Pacific Investment Incorporation., Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith.)
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Triton Pacific Investment Corporation., Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith.)
32.1	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  (Filed herewith.)

121

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 29^th day of March 2019.

TRITON PACIFIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION, INC.
By:	/s/ Craig J. Faggen
	CRAIG J. FAGGEN
	Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)
By:	/s/ Michael L. Carroll
	MICHAEL L. CARROLL
	Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Craig J. Faggen	Director and Chairman of the Board and CEO	March 29, 2019
Craig J. Faggen
/s/ Ivan Faggen	Director	March 29, 2019
Ivan Faggen
/s/ Ronald Ruther	Independent Director	March 29, 2019
Ronald Ruther
/s/ William Pruitt	Independent Director	March 29, 2019
William Pruitt
/s/ Marshall Goldberg	Independent Director	March 29, 2019
Marshall Goldberg

122